CA2272924A1 - A whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject with cancer and kit - Google Patents
A whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject with cancer and kit Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2272924A1 CA2272924A1 CA002272924A CA2272924A CA2272924A1 CA 2272924 A1 CA2272924 A1 CA 2272924A1 CA 002272924 A CA002272924 A CA 002272924A CA 2272924 A CA2272924 A CA 2272924A CA 2272924 A1 CA2272924 A1 CA 2272924A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- antigen
- virus
- mitogen
- nucleic acid
- antibody
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 226
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 139
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 139
- 239000003226 mitogen Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 82
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 title claims description 83
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 title claims description 45
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 title abstract description 39
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 309
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 306
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 306
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 164
- 230000000527 lymphocytic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 169
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 134
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 101
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims description 53
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims description 53
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 49
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 45
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 40
- 108010033737 Pokeweed Mitogens Proteins 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N lipid A (E. coli) Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)O1 GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- ITZMJCSORYKOSI-AJNGGQMLSA-N APGPR Enterostatin Chemical group C[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)CCC1 ITZMJCSORYKOSI-AJNGGQMLSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 112
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 54
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 45
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 45
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 45
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 40
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 37
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 36
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 29
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 29
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 26
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 26
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 20
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 18
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 16
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 14
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 12
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 12
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 12
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102100034256 Mucin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 10
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 10
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 10
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 9
- 108010008707 Mucin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- -1 disassociated Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 8
- 241000711895 Bovine orthopneumovirus Species 0.000 description 8
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004141 dimensional analysis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000003114 enzyme-linked immunosorbent spot assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 8
- 101710159910 Movement protein Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 7
- 101710144117 Non-structural protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 6
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 6
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 101800001467 Envelope glycoprotein E2 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 5
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 101800001271 Surface protein Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012531 culture fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 241000282556 Cercocebus atys Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000224432 Entamoeba histolytica Species 0.000 description 4
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000282560 Macaca mulatta Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000701076 Macacine alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 4
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 241000700635 Orf virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 208000002606 Paramyxoviridae Infections Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000702670 Rotavirus Species 0.000 description 4
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 241000224526 Trichomonas Species 0.000 description 4
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000003183 carcinogenic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940007078 entamoeba histolytica Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000588807 Bordetella Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000712005 Bovine respirovirus 3 Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000710945 Eastern equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001115402 Ebolavirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000224467 Giardia intestinalis Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000712431 Influenza A virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000710842 Japanese encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000222722 Leishmania <genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001115401 Marburgvirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000712079 Measles morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000702623 Minute virus of mice Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000711386 Mumps virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 101100346932 Mus musculus Muc1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CC(O)=O FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000005348 Neuraminidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010006232 Neuraminidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000702244 Orthoreovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000008469 Peptic Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000711931 Rhabdoviridae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000961587 Secoviridae Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000244174 Strongyloides Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000019197 Superoxide Dismutase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010012715 Superoxide dismutase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000711 cancerogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000357 carcinogen Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000005549 deoxyribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940085435 giardia lamblia Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 244000052637 human pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000001527 leucocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N phorbol 13-acetate 12-myristate Chemical compound C([C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]1[C@@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@H]2OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(CO)=C[C@H]1[C@H]1[C@]2(OC(C)=O)C1(C)C PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 244000144977 poultry Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 125000001894 2,4,6-trinitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C(C(*)=C(C([H])=C1[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 2
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701242 Adenoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712892 Arenaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001533362 Astroviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000008921 Avian coronavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001516406 Avian orthoreovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000701412 Baculoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000702628 Birnaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001493160 California encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701931 Canine parvovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000520666 Carmotetraviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701071 Cercopithecine alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282551 Cercopithecus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282994 Cervidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000006332 Choriocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001533399 Circoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000009802 Colorado tick fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000700626 Cowpox virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000709687 Coxsackievirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000000307 Crimean Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000003075 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digoxigenin Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(C)CCC(O)CC3CC2)CC2O)(O)C2(C)C1C1=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000725630 Ectromelia virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000223924 Eimeria Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701089 Equid alphaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000000832 Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710781 Flaviviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000702463 Geminiviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000150562 Hantaan orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000590002 Helicobacter pylori Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700586 Herpesviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000948219 Histomonas Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000598436 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000714260 Human T-lymphotropic virus 1 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701085 Human alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000711804 Infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000701377 Iridoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000712890 Junin mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000003140 Kyasanur forest disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000007688 Lycopersicon esculentum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000712899 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000218605 Macacine betaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000608292 Mayaro virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010063954 Mucins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015728 Mucins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000723741 Nodaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090001074 Nucleocapsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KUIFHYPNNRVEKZ-VIJRYAKMSA-N O-(N-acetyl-alpha-D-galactosaminyl)-L-threonine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1NC(C)=O KUIFHYPNNRVEKZ-VIJRYAKMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000712464 Orthomyxoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000711504 Paramyxoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701945 Parvoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000606860 Pasteurella Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000150350 Peribunyaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000233872 Pneumocystis carinii Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701374 Polydnaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001533393 Potyviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700625 Poxviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000762949 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000711798 Rabies lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000702247 Reoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000725643 Respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712907 Retroviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000713124 Rift Valley fever virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 240000003768 Solanum lycopersicum Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 241000710924 Togaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001223089 Tremovirus A Species 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000710959 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000711975 Vesicular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010058874 Viraemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108700010877 adenoviridae proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011394 anticancer treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000211 autoradiogram Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000701792 avian adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007998 bicine buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000315 carcinogenic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012864 cross contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012136 culture method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000022811 deglycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010460 detection of virus Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitoxigenin Natural products CC12CCC(C3(CCC(O)CC3CC3)C)C3C11OC1CC2C1=CC(=O)OC1 QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N digoxigenin Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@]3([C@@](CC2)(O)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@]4(C)CC[C@H](O)C[C@H]4CC2)C[C@H]3O)C)=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940037467 helicobacter pylori Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical group O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940071125 manganese acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UOGMEBQRZBEZQT-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);diacetate Chemical compound [Mn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O UOGMEBQRZBEZQT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241001515942 marmosets Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000020298 milker nodule Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940051875 mucins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000011906 peptic ulcer disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011056 potassium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000011581 secondary neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150084750 1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031126 6-phosphogluconolactonase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010029731 6-phosphogluconolactonase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J ATP(4-) Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 241000224422 Acanthamoeba Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238876 Acari Species 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000871 Acute monocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010000890 Acute myelomonocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036762 Acute promyelocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003200 Adenoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067484 Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010000239 Aequorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000120516 African horse sickness virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007407 African swine fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701386 African swine fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001492267 Alcelaphine gammaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282979 Alces alces Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000025906 Aleutian Mink Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001135972 Aleutian mink disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000003829 American Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001465677 Ancylostomatoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- AILDTIZEPVHXBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argentine Natural products C1C(C2)C3=CC=CC(=O)N3CC1CN2C(=O)N1CC(C=2N(C(=O)C=CC=2)C2)CC2C1 AILDTIZEPVHXBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJHGAFSJWGLOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-K Arsenate3- Chemical compound [O-][As]([O-])([O-])=O DJHGAFSJWGLOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 241000244186 Ascaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000244185 Ascaris lumbricoides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282706 Ateles Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282672 Ateles sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001492313 Ateline alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701061 Ateline gammaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100022717 Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000711404 Avian avulavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701513 Badnavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710946 Barmah Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533460 Barnaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016068 Berberis vulgaris Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000711515 Berne virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000335053 Beta vulgaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000405758 Betapartitivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000120506 Bluetongue virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000034200 Bolivian hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001235251 Border disease virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724653 Borna disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701083 Bovine alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712462 Bovine ephemeral fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713704 Bovine immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714266 Bovine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000621124 Bovine papular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701922 Bovine parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710780 Bovine viral diarrhea virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011293 Brassica napus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011299 Brassica oleracea var botrytis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000003259 Brassica oleracea var. botrytis Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000008100 Brassica rapa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000000540 Brassica rapa subsp rapa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000203231 Breda virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533462 Bromoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001493154 Bunyamwera virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000714198 Caliciviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701114 Canine adenovirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712083 Canine morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713756 Caprine arthritis encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000336677 Cebine betaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037404 Central European encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001492329 Cercopithecine alphaherpesvirus 9 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000489426 Cercopithecine betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000705938 Cercopithecine herpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000242722 Cestoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000684559 Chicken parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000009182 Chikungunya Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001502567 Chikungunya virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001227713 Chiron Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000195649 Chlorella <Chlorellales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000867610 Chlorocebus pygerythrus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000867607 Chlorocebus sabaeus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008761 Choriomeningitis lymphocytic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010008909 Chronic Hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006154 Chronic hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 241000710777 Classical swine fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710151 Closterovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032170 Congenital Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010685 Congo-Crimean haemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701520 Corticoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000221756 Cryphonectria parasitica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223935 Cryptosporidium Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000008067 Cucumis sativus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010799 Cucumis sativus var sativus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000022561 Cyclopis Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000003808 Cystic echinococcosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702221 Cystoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020001019 DNA Primers Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020003215 DNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008286 DNA nucleotidylexotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033215 DNA nucleotidylexotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000450599 DNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710088194 Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006313 Delayed Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001490 Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000016911 Deoxyribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053770 Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001520695 Duvenhage lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007033 Dysgerminoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006825 Eastern Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005804 Eastern equine encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000244170 Echinococcus granulosus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001466953 Echovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010014596 Encephalitis Japanese B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014587 Encephalitis eastern equine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014614 Encephalitis western equine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710188 Encephalomyocarditis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000224431 Entamoeba Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000004232 Enteritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000498255 Enterobius vermicularis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709691 Enterovirus E Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010066919 Epidemic polyarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000120510 Epizootic hemorrhagic disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701081 Equid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001598169 Equid alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701148 Equine adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710803 Equine arteritis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000230501 Equine herpesvirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713730 Equine infectious anemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000004272 Eragrostis cilianensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000121268 Erythroparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100126168 Escherichia coli (strain K12) intE gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006168 Ewing Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010201 Exanthema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002613 Feline Panleukopenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000714201 Feline calicivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713800 Feline immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701915 Feline panleukopenia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701925 Feline parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711950 Filoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701367 Fuselloviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701047 Gallid alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007882 Gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010018962 Glucosephosphate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001517118 Goose parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282575 Gorilla Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000057734 Gorilline gammaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702620 H-1 parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010018910 Haemolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061192 Haemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000224492 Hartmannella Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000002812 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010004889 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710133291 Hemagglutinin-neuraminidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700739 Hepadnaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000724675 Hepatitis E virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724709 Hepatitis delta virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010019786 Hepatitis non-A non-B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007514 Herpes zoster Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000678879 Homo sapiens Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001034314 Homo sapiens Lactadherin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001133081 Homo sapiens Mucin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000972284 Homo sapiens Mucin-3A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000005979 Hordeum vulgare Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007340 Hordeum vulgare Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010020460 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus type I infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700588 Human alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701074 Human alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701041 Human betaherpesvirus 7 Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000309469 Human enteric coronavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701027 Human herpesvirus 6 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000022361 Human papillomavirus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101900208483 Human parainfluenza 3 virus Fusion glycoprotein F0 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000829111 Human polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533448 Hypoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000004467 Infectious Canine Hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711450 Infectious bronchitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702394 Inoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010061833 Integrases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701460 JC polyomavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000005807 Japanese encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713102 La Crosse virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100039648 Lactadherin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000710789 Lactate dehydrogenase-elevating virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010023927 Lassa fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000712902 Lassa mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283960 Leporidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714210 Leviviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000701365 Lipothrixviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000709757 Luteovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282553 Macaca Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191851 Macacine gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712898 Machupo mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007757 Media 199 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000702318 Microviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702625 Mink enteritis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000725171 Mokola lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700560 Molluscum contagiosum virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700627 Monkeypox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000035489 Monocytic Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000686985 Mouse mammary tumor virus (strain C3H) Protein PR73 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100034263 Mucin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022497 Mucin-3A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000005647 Mumps Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Muraminsaeure Natural products OC(=O)C(C)OC1C(N)C(O)OC(CO)C1O MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000711466 Murine hepatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711941 Murine orthopneumovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710908 Murray Valley encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000005805 Murray valley encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033835 Myelomonocytic Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700562 Myxoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000224436 Naegleria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001457453 Nairobi sheep disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000012266 Needlestick injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000244206 Nematoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061308 Neonatal infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000772415 Neovison vison Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000714209 Norwalk virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000405453 Nudiviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000710944 O'nyong-nyong virus Species 0.000 description 1
- RMINQIRDFIBNLE-NNRWGFCXSA-N O-[N-acetyl-alpha-neuraminyl-(2->6)-N-acetyl-alpha-D-galactosaminyl]-L-serine Chemical compound O1[C@H](OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)[C@H](NC(=O)C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1CO[C@@]1(C(O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RMINQIRDFIBNLE-NNRWGFCXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000011448 Omsk hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000725177 Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000243985 Onchocerca volvulus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000250439 Oropouche virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710160107 Outer membrane protein A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001137886 Ovine respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012807 PCR reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000057726 Panine gammaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001526370 Papiine gammaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000009608 Papillomavirus Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282520 Papio Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001504519 Papio ursinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001480234 Paragonimus westermani Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000935974 Paralichthys dentatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001523956 Parengyodontium album Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150034459 Parpbp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710936 Partitiviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010013639 Peptidoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001300 Perinatal Death Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000009328 Perro Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000239 Phlebotomus fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283216 Phocidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001674048 Phthiraptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010053210 Phycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701253 Phycodnaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701369 Plasmaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223960 Plasmodium falciparum Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010035734 Pneumonia staphylococcal Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702072 Podoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000022899 Pogosta disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000474 Poliomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000057733 Pongine gammaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282405 Pongo abelii Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000308495 Potentilla anserina Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016594 Potentilla anserina Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000710884 Powassan virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010007288 PrPSc Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000033826 Promyelocytic Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010072866 Prostate-Specific Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007066 Prostate-Specific Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000052575 Proto-Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020978 Proto-Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000621172 Pseudocowpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150264 Puumala orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000714203 Rabbit hemorrhagic disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037742 Rabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000712909 Reticuloendotheliosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710148027 Ribulose bisphosphate carboxylase/oxygenase activase 1, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000705 Rift Valley Fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711897 Rinderpest morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907332 Rocio virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000220317 Rosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710942 Ross River virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000007009 Ross river fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000710799 Rubella virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907329 Russian Spring-Summer encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000288959 Saguinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282695 Saimiri Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701026 Saimiriine alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701062 Saimiriine gammaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001214251 Sandfly fever Naples virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135555 Sandfly fever Sicilian virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000242683 Schistosoma haematobium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000242677 Schistosoma japonicum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000242680 Schistosoma mansoni Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000555745 Sciuridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150278 Seoul orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009714 Severe Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700665 Sheeppox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710084578 Short neurotoxin 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713311 Simian immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702202 Siphoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001428894 Small ruminant morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010041896 St. Louis Encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710888 St. Louis encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010041917 Staphylococcal abscess Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010051017 Staphylococcal bacteraemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064250 Staphylococcal osteomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000794214 Staphylococcus aureus Toxic shock syndrome toxin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001468181 Streptococcus sp. 'group C' Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701093 Suid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000033809 Suppuration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000709710 Swine vesicular disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700565 Swinepox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700042075 T-Cell Receptor Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000244157 Taenia solium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000190537 Tahyna virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701521 Tectiviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724318 Tenuivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000004006 Tick-borne encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710771 Tick-borne encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533336 Tombusviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710915 Totiviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010044248 Toxic shock syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000650 Toxic shock syndrome Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710182532 Toxin a Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001320 Transforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000711484 Transmissible gastroenteritis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000869417 Trematodes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001489145 Trichuris trichiura Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000098338 Triticum aestivum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223104 Trypanosoma Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700647 Variola virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010726 Vigna sinensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000042314 Vigna unguiculata Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010003533 Viral Envelope Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010059722 Viral Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000036141 Viral hepatitis carrier Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713325 Visna/maedi virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010399 Wasting Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000366208 Wesselsbron virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000006449 West Nile encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057293 West Nile viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710886 West Nile virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000005466 Western Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005806 Western equine encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710951 Western equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008383 Wilms tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003152 Yellow Fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011912 acute myelomonocytic leukemia M4 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006838 adverse reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013566 allergen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000961 alloantigen Effects 0.000 description 1
- NIGUVXFURDGQKZ-KRAHZTDDSA-N alpha-Neup5Ac-(2->3)-beta-D-Galp-(1->4)-[alpha-L-Fucp-(1->3)]-D-GlcpNAc Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@]3(O[C@H]([C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C3)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@@H]1NC(C)=O NIGUVXFURDGQKZ-KRAHZTDDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940121357 antivirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940000489 arsenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003149 assay kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000309743 astrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- JPIYZTWMUGTEHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N auramine O free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(=N)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 JPIYZTWMUGTEHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004668 avian leukosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005266 avian sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- SFZBBUSDVJSDGR-XWFYHZIMSA-N beta-D-Galp-(1->4)-[alpha-L-Fucp-(1->3)]-beta-D-GlcpNAc-(1->3)-beta-D-Galp Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](CO)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2O)O)[C@@H]1NC(C)=O SFZBBUSDVJSDGR-XWFYHZIMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-N-Acetyl-D-neuraminic acid Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)OC1C(O)C(O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009640 blood culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010322 bone marrow transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012677 causal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091092328 cellular RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000030570 cellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023652 chronic gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002809 confirmatory assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010485 coping Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002790 cross-validation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000287 crude extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000035250 cutaneous malignant susceptibility to 1 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020023 cytomegalovirus pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002498 deadly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002950 dengue hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001982 diacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylenediamine Natural products C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002249 digestive system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013020 embryo development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002491 encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000147 enterotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000655 enterotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005884 exanthem Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000776 exotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002095 exotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003778 fat substitute Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010016629 fibroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010749 gastric carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000035931 haemagglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008588 hemolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000005252 hepatitis A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010710 hepatitis C virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003054 hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020256 human milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004251 human milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008348 humoral response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004754 hybrid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000002055 immunohistochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010324 immunological assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013198 immunometric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003547 immunosorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002637 immunotoxin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000608 immunotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940051026 immunotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007850 in situ PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012296 in situ hybridization assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010023497 kuru Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009533 lab test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010024627 liposarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000001419 lymphocytic choriomeningitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005389 magnetism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005075 mammary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009607 mammography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010879 mucinous adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010805 mumps infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025113 myeloid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007857 nested PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003891 oxalate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009595 pap smear Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002644 phorbol ester Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000614 poison Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000719 pollutant Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000008476 powdered milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004915 pus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000700 radioactive tracer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010037844 rash Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012340 reverse transcriptase PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012502 risk assessment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N sialic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)OC1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000004048 staphylococcal pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000000498 stomach carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010318 streptococcal M protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000617 superantigen Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010042863 synovial sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002381 testicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004217 thyroid hormone receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000721 thyroid hormone receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001147422 tick-borne encephalitis virus group Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003440 toxic substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000005691 triesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007501 viral attachment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/576—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for hepatitis
- G01N33/5767—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for hepatitis non-A, non-B hepatitis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
- C12Q1/6886—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/574—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
- G01N33/57407—Specifically defined cancers
- G01N33/57415—Specifically defined cancers of breast
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/574—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
- G01N33/57407—Specifically defined cancers
- G01N33/57449—Specifically defined cancers of ovaries
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/574—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
- G01N33/57484—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer involving compounds serving as markers for tumor, cancer, neoplasia, e.g. cellular determinants, receptors, heat shock/stress proteins, A-protein, oligosaccharides, metabolites
- G01N33/57488—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer involving compounds serving as markers for tumor, cancer, neoplasia, e.g. cellular determinants, receptors, heat shock/stress proteins, A-protein, oligosaccharides, metabolites involving compounds identifable in body fluids
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/52—Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
This invention provides a method of detecting a subject having ovarian or breast cancer, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to a specific tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); wherein the presence of tumor antigen associated antibody is indicative of the subject having the cancer.
Description
WO 98225 PCT/B.9?I~00381 A WHOLE BLOOD/MITOGEN ASSAY FOR THE EARLY DETECTION
OF A SUBJECT WITH CANCER AND KIT
BACKGROUND OF THE INYENTICI~, Currently available diagnostics for subjec~~ts having cancer includes assays based on recombinant protein and/or synthetic peptide-based antibody assays, and gene amplification techniques. The present vivention provides a simple and early initial screening or detection of a tumor in a subject via the immune system.
Cancer or tumor cells emerge from the "normal" flora of cells in the body (both human and any other animals known to have tumors). Becoming cancerous/tumorigenic involves cellular <;hanges. While these changes start off as mutations in the genetic code of the cells, the changes in the behavior of the cell stem from changes in protein expression levels. As the tumor grows, its suppresive effect on the immune system becomes stronger, thus active secretion of antibodies might be very low or even barely detectable.
Structures that are unique to the tumor cell. are "tumor antigens". Structures that are not unique to the tumor cell yet might be expressed differently or in access amounts on it are considered "tumor associated antigens". Sometimes it is the "coating" of the protein with carbohydrates or lipids that determines its antigenicity. If we take for example the 1VIUCIN from the mammary glands, the protein does not change in the tumor cell, yet antibodies are found against it in patients with breast cancer (and sometimes ovarian cancer too). The reason for it, most probably, is that the protein in tree normal cell is not exposed at all due to a dense and thick coat of carbohydrate chains (ie. the protein is very heavily glycosylated). In the tumor cell glycosylation is incomplete thus leading to newly exposed protein seduences that serve (or can serve) as new antigens to the immune system. The present invention uncovers the potential of the humoral arm SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 981~Z5 PCTId9'11~0381 of the immune system which enables detection of the tumor specific antibodies even if production of antibodies are suppressed in vivo.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to an improved assay for detecting a subject with cancer or infected with carcinogenic virus. This invention is contemplated for use as: I ) a diagnostic to determine if an individual has cancer; 2) a prognostic indicator, 3) a method to monitor the effectiveness of anti-cancer treatment (or the effectiveness of a new potential anti-cancer drugs or agents); 4) a method to determine re-occurrence after removal or therapy of a tumor in a subject; and 5) a method to detect and quantitate cancer in assays in clinical and research laboratories.
The present invention is useful as a screening assay for the detection of a tumor and a subject having a tumor or cancer in a subject. Antibodies derived are used for enhanced imaging and therapy.
This invention provides an i~r vitro method for the detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to a tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); wherein the presence of tumor associated antibodies is indicative of the subject having cancer.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
FIGURE 1: P3 - One dimensional analysis.
FIGURE 2: P3 and P2 - Two dimensional analysis SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98f~25 PCT/B9?In0381 FIGURES 3A-3B: P1 and P3, P2 and P3 - Two dimensional analysis FIGURES 4A-4F: Detection of SI'V specific antibodies in seronegative mangabeys. Figure 4A shows that the level of O.D.
S reading on ELISA (post culture) can differentiate between true negative) seropositive, and "silent infection/exposure". Figures 4B-4F are a ratio of O.D.
sample/O.D. negative control.
IO DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THI: INVENTION
The present invention relates to an improved assay for detecting a subject with cancer or infected with carcinogenic virus. This invention is contemplated for use as: 1) a diagnostic to determine if a~z individual has cancer; 2) a prognostic indicator, 3 ) a method to monitor the eflFectiveness of anti-cancer treatment (or 15 the effectiveness of a new potential anti-cancer drugs or agents); 4) a method to determine re-occurrence after removal or' therapy of a tumor in a subject; and 5) a method to detect and quantitate cancer in assays in clinical and research laboratories.
20 This invention provides an in vitro method for the detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole. blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,so as to induce polyclonal and specific 25 activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step (b) to a tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step (c) wherein the presence of tumor associated antibodies is indicative of the subject having cancer.
' 30 In one embodiment, a sample of leucocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presencc: of a media containing a mitogen with SUBSTITUTE SWEET (RULE 26) WO PCTlIL9'fIi00381 or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonaI and specific activation of lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of iymphocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of PBMC is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells.
Types of cancer/neoplasms include but are not limited to: myeloid leukemia such as chronic myelogenous leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia; malignant lymphoma such as Burkitt's and Non-Hodgkin's;
Lyrnphocytic leukemia such as acute lyrnphoblastic leukemia and chronic Iymphoblastic leukemia; meninigioma; adenomas; adenocarcinomas such as small cell lung, kidney, uterous, prostate, bladder, ovary, colon; sarcomas such as liposarcoma, myxoid, synovial sarcoma, Ewing's tumor, alveolar, Wilm's tumor, neuroblastoma, testicular dysgerminoma, retinoblastoma, and melanoma.
Breast cancer as used herein means any tumor from any type of tissue found in the breast. Ovarian cancer as used herein means any tumor from any type of tissue found in the ovary. As defined herein "tumor antigen associated antibody"
means antibodies directed at tumor antigens or tumor associated antigens.
In one embodiment the specific antibodies producing cells are detected. The culture of step b) may result in a supernatant, and the supernatant may be exposed to a tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form. Also, leukocytes or cellular fraction of the culture may be used and antibodies producing cells detecting expanded, cloned and immortalized.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9&2285 PCT/B971i00~381 5.
In one embodiment, tumor antigens include but are not limited to: MUC-1, HERneu2, BrCal, p53, Her-2-c-neu (AcIISAWGIL-NH2), Carcinomembrionic antigen, prostate specific antigen, TAG-~72, CA15-3, CA549, BA46, mammary serum antigen, mucinous carcinoma antigen, PEM peptide antigen, MUC 1 glycosylation site peptide, MUC 1 glycosylation site peptide glycosylated, MUC
core tandem repeat peptide, MUC2 core tandem repeat peptide, MUC3 core tandem repeat peptide, MUCSAC peptide, SI1VIA, Lewis X antigen, Sialyl Lewis X antigen (BSA conjugate), I antigen(Ga11,4, GIcNAc, 1,3 Gal-R), T antigen, TN
antigen (OSM) Sialyl Tn antigen. Antibodies can be looked at for either against "naked" antigens or against the connplexes they form with products of transforming genes.
Tumor antigens that are needed for the detection of tumor specific antibodies can be in several forms: a) the whole cell (c~f a tumor), can serve as the antigen; b) cellular membranes the product of which c;an be used as antigens; c) the sequence of unique tumor structure or proteins (or segments of it} can be inserted via vectors to other producing entities (cells, bacteria, yeast, phage), and then individual proteins and structures will be produced; d) if the amino acid sequences of the tumor specific proteins are known, peptide that are fragments of the whole protein (or the whole protein itself) can be biochemicaliy synthesized and used and antigen; and e) isolated from serum or other body fluid with high titre .
Most induced or transplanted experimental animal tumors immunize recipients against subsequent challenge with the same tumor but not against transplantation of normal tissues or other tumors. TAAs are particularly well demonstrated by chemical carcinogen-induced tumors, v~rhich tend to have individually specific antigens that vary from tumor to tumor., even with tumors induced by the same carcinogen; and by viral-induced tumors, which tend to show cross-reactivity between tumors induced by a given virus. Viral infections may result in "modified self ' ; ie, new antigens recog~uzed along with or in the context of the major histocompatibility complex.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCT/1Q.97100381 Tumor antigens are formed by: ( 1 ) new genetic information introduced by a virus; (2) alteration of genetic function by carcinogens, possibly through activation of a proto-oncogene, by which genetic material that is normally inactive (except perhaps during embryonic development) is activated to an oncogene and becomes expressed in the cell phenotype; {3) uncovering the antigens that are normally present on normal cells or "buried" in the cell membrane, through the inability of neoplastic cells to synthesize membrane constituents (eg, sialic acid); and (4) release of antigens that are normally sequestered in the cell or its organelles, through the death of neoplastic cells.
Techniques to demonstrate TAAs in animal tumors include standard tissue transplantation methods, immunoffuorescence, cytotoxicity tests using dye uptake or radioisotope release, prevention of tumor growth in vitro or in vivo by exposing the tumor to lymphoid cells or sera from immunized donors, delayed hypersensitivity skin tests, and lymphocyte transformation in vitro.
Evidence for TAAs in human malignant tumors has been shown with several neoplasms, including Burkitt's lymphoma, neuroblastoma, malignant melanoma, osteosarcoma, and some GI carcinomas. Choriocarcinomas in women possess paternally derived histocompatibility antigens that may serve as "tumor-specific"
antigens in eliciting an immune response. The complete cure of choriocarcinomas by chemotherapy may be attributable, at least in part, to such an immune response. Unfortunately, although they may possess TAAs, apparently not all human tumors are antigenic in the host.
Thus any structure that appears to the immune system as new can be considered as a tumor antigen. Another general example of a normal protein appearing and serving as a new antigen for the immune system is that of normal proteins appearing in new context, such as embryonic proteins on mature (or adult) cells.
Then the new epitopes would be in the interface between the two structures, an interface that forms new forms and structures for the immune system to see and react to.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 95 PCT/II~'11~00381 Tumor-Associated Antigen (TAAs) are antigens associated with tumor cells that are also present on normal cells but in less amount or at different phase of a subjects life, i.e. embryonic proteins.
This invention provides a method of detecting a subject with a tumor , comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) treating the cells so as to recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with aingle-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to an tumor antigen , under hybridizing conditions; and e) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the subject having cancer.
The cells of step c) may be treated so as to expose nucleic acid sequences of the cell. Methods of exposure are known to those skilled in the art. Alternatively the resulting nucleic acid sequences of step d) may be amplified by a pair of primers which hybridizes to the nucleic acid sequence so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product. Amplification product may be detected.
In another embodiment primers contact the resulting nucleic acid sequences capable of hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence at the edge of the variable region, under hybridizing conditions and specifically detected. Primers and probes of tumor antigens and tumor as;;ociated antibodies are known to those skilled in the art.
This invention provides a method of deteci:ing a subject with a tumor, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media SUBSTITUTE SF1EET (RULE 26) wo 9sn~s rc~riarr~lo3si s containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) - treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to a tumor antigen , under hybridizing conditions; a ) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; f) treating any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences therefrom; g) contacting any resulting single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with such the tumor antigen associated antibodies antibody, under hybridizing conditions; h) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detectably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the labeled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and i) detecting the presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereof being indicative of the subject having cancer.
This invention provides for the collection of the interface layer, also known as the buffy coat (with varying volumes of red cells and plasma) prior to incubation with the mitogen with or without antigen, thereby putting in culture a part of the blood-sample-volume that is enriched in leukocytes. Methods of leukocyte enrichment are known to those skilled in the art. For example, one may directly suction of the huffy coat as the middle layer in the tube or remove first most of the plasma volume and then take the huffy-coat with the remaining plasma. In the alternative, one may lyse the red cells, centrifi~ge and collect the leukocytes from the bottom.
In one embodiment the method comprises the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) allowing the whole blood sample to separate into a plurality of component layers including an interface layer; c) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~Z5 PCT/B9'11~OOCi81 collecting the interface layer from the whole blood sample d) incubating the interface layer in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody ;production; e) exposing the resultant culture of step d) to an antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; f) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step; e) wherein the presence of virus specific antibodies is indicative of the subject being exposed to the antigen.
In one embodiment the method comprises the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b;l allowing the whole blood sample to separate into a plurality of component layers including an interface layer; c) collecting the interface layer from the whole blood sample; d) incubating the interface layer in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B
lymphocytic cells and viral replication; e;) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic sequences; f) contacting th.e resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple Pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the human immunodeficiency virus, under hybridizing conditions; g} amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pari of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; h) treating- any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with the human immunodeficiency virus, under hybridizing conditions; j) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detectably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the la~ieled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and k) detecting the presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereofbeing indicative of the presence of the human immunodeficiency virus.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~a~s PCTIB.9'11~00381 to This invention provides a method for the detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies , comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the tumor antigen associated antibody ; d) performing reverse transcription of an RNA of a tumor antigen associated antibodies in a sample to produce a DNA
copy; e) performing polymerase chain reaction amplification of the DNA to produce a plurality of DNA copies; f) performing hybridization of the DNA
copies to a plurality of complementary DNA probes to detect the DNA content of the sample; thereby detecting tumor antigen associated antibodies .
This invention provides a method for amplifying a target RNA sequence in a sample, comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a nlitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the tumor antigen associated antibody; d) treating the sample in a reaction mixture comprising a first and second primer, wherein the first primer is sufficiently complementary to the target RNA to hybridize therewith and initiate synthesis of a cDNA sequence complementary to the target RNA,-~nd the second primer is sufficiently homologous to the target RNA to hybridize to the cDNA and initiate synthesis of an extension product, and a thermostable DNA polymerase in the presence of all four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates, in an appropriate buffer, wherein the buffer comprises Mn+2 , at a temperature sufficient for the thermostable DNA polymerase to initiate synthesis of an extension product of the first primer to provide a cDNA sequence complementary to the target RNA; e) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature to provide single-stranded cDNA; f) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature for the thermostable DNA polymerase to initiate synthesis of an SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sn~zs rc~rm.~AO3si extension product of the second primer to provide a double-stranded cDNA
sequence; and g) amplifying the double-stranded cDNA sequence of step e) by a polymerase chain reaction. In a preferred embodiment, the buffer comprises manganese acetate (also written Mn(OAc)2 or Mn(CH3 C02}2), Bicine-KOH
(Bicine is N,N-Bis(2-Hydroxyethyl)glycine:), and potassium acetate (also written KOAc or KCH3C02).
The present invention also contemplates labeling methods wherein the oligonucleotide probe sequences have at least one label attached or integrated i 0 into its structure. Labels are generally intE:nded to facilitate the detection of the tumor antigen. Labels are chosen from the group consisting of enzymes, fluorophores, high-affinity conjugates, chemiphores and radioactive atoms ("radiolabels"). While other labels may be used, the present invention contemplates: 1 ) the enzymes alkaline phosphatase, beta -galactosidase and glucose oxidase; 2) the affinity conjugate system of biotin-avidin; 3) the fluorophore that is fluorescein; 4) the chemiphore that is luminol; and 5) the preferred radiolabels 3H, 14C and 32P.
This invention provides a method of dE;tecting a subject with a tumor , comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b} incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an specific tumor antigen associated antibody, thereby allowing an antibody- tumor antigen immune complex to form; d) detecting the antibody- tumor antigen immune complex of step c);
wherein the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies is indicative of the subject having ovarian or breast cancer.
In one embodiment, the culture of step b) results in a supernatant, and the supernatant is exposed to a speci&c tumor antigen associated antibody, thereby allowing an antibody- tumor antigen immune complex to form.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZT,8~5 PCT/IL9'f100381 This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific tumor antigen associated antibodies from a subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific tumor antigen associated antibody. It is contemplated that there may be multiple detection assays for a number of different antibodies which bind to a multitute of antigens that are bound to the container containing the media.
In one embodiment, a sample of leucocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of lymphocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of PBMC is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. Single or multiple antigens may be bound to the container.
In accordance with the present invention, a blood sample is drawn into a test tube, such as a vacutube, containing an effective concentration of a solution of a mitogen with or without antigen, such as pokeweed mitogen and relevant tumor antigen and peptide. The blood sample to be tested is cultured in vitro in the presence of the pokeweed mitogen. Other activators of B lymphocytic cells or the humoral system which leads to antibody production or secretion and activators of the Th2 type immune response may be used in place of or in addition to the pokeweed mitogen to achieve the same function. After incubation, an aliquot is taken from the fluid and is then assayed for the presence of desired tumor antigen associated antibodies using standard -ELISA
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 985 PCT/B.97h00381 13~
procedures and/or Western Blot analysis. If the sample is to be assayed at a later date, the blood may be centrifuged and the supernatant fluid may be collected, frozen and stored. Results may be verified utilizing the technique of polymerase chain reaction (PCR)/FACS. The cellula~~ fractions in the container may be used S in PCR or ELISPOT. Other methods for detecting antibodies are known to those skilled in the art.
The method of the present invention includes optionally separating the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood so that the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies can be determined. The separation of the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood can be done by any of several methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including centrifugation, filtration or density gradient. It is to be understood, that the blood cells do not need to be physically separated from the fluid. After incubation of the whole blood with the mitogen with or without antigen, fluid from the blood can easily be extracted and tested for tumor antigen associated antibody. Optionally, the red blood cells can be lysed either by mild osmotic shock or v~rith a mild detergent. In this way, the white blood cells remain viable.
In one embodiment, of the present invention, whole blood is collected in a blood collection tube containing culture medium and mitogen with or without antigen.
The blood samples are then incubated with an approximately 1:500 final dilution of pokeweed mitogen at a concentration of 2x 106 viable lymphocytes per ml for 1-12 days at 37°C in a 7% COZ humidified atmosphere. The blood may be centrifuged and the supernatant fluid is collected immediately and assayed within approximately 1-12 hours or frozf;n. later for testing for reactive specific antibodies by ELISA/ELISPOT and/or Western blot techniques. In the alternative, an aliquot of fluid or cells or cellular components may be taken directly from the sample.
The present invention also includes a kit comprising a blood collection container containing an effective concentration of mitogen with or without antigen therein.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9815 PCT/8.971~00381 The container can optionally contain a culture medium. The preferred container is a test tube. The blood collection container can be plastic, glass, or any other material that is compatible with culturing blood. It is to be understood that the present invention also includes blood containing means other then a blood collection tube including, but not limited to, microtiter plates containing wells in which the blood can be incubated, tissue culture flasks, glass flasks such as an Erlenmeyer flask, and any other container in which the blood can be cultured.
Tumor antigen associated antibody which specifically bind specific tumor antigen are known to those skilled in the art. Further, antibodies may be used as tags to bind to the tumor antigen. In one embodiment, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another embodiment the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
This invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide having the amino acid sequence SGSGHGVTSAPDTR (SEQ. ID. No. 1). This invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide having the amino acid sequence SGSGAPDTRPAPGSTAP (SEQ. m. No. 2}. This invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide having the amino acid sequence IISAWGIL (SEQ. II3. No. 3 ). This invention provides a tag on the nucleic acids for binding to surfaces.
This invention provides a nucleic acid sequence of at least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridising with a sequence of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ.
B7 NOs. 1,2, or 3.
This invention provides an antibody directed to peptide SGSGHGVTSAPDTR
(SEQ ID NO. 1), SGSGAPDTRPAPGSTAP, (SEQ ID NO. 2), or IISAWGIL
(SEQ ID NO. 3). In one embodiment, the antibody may a monoclonal or polyclonal. The antibody may be tagged. In another embodiment this invention provides a ligand which binds to the peptide.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo ~snz~s This invention also provides a method oi-." imaging ovarian or breast cancer in a subject which comprises administering to the subject at least one antibody directed against the peptide of SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 2, or 3, capable of binding to the cell surface of the cancer cell and labeled W th an imaging agent under conditions 5 so as to form a complex between the monoclonal antibody and the cell surface antigen. This invention further provides a composition comprising an e#fective imaging amount of the antibody directed against the peptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Knowledge of the antibodies to the peptide sequence is useful for treatment, i.e.immunotoxin therapy or diagnostic either in 10 vitro, i. e. immunohistochmistry or in-vivo diagnostic use, i. e.
radiolabelling for targeting with toxins.
The kit can detect the presence of an tumor antigen associated antibody specifically reactive with a tumor antigen or an immunoreactive fragment 15 thereof. The kit can include an tumor antigen bound to a substrate, a secondary tumor antigen reactive with the antibody and a reagent for detecting a reaction of the secondary tumor antigen with the antibody. Such a kit can be an antibody capture assay kit, such as an ELISA kit, and can comprise the substrate, primary and secondary antibodies when appropriate, and any other necessary reagents such as detectable moieties, enzyme substrates and color reagents as described above. The antibody capture diagnostic k:it can, alternatively, be an immunoblot kit generally comprising the components and reagents described herein. The particular reagents and other components included in the diagnostic kits of the present invention can be selected from those available in the art in accord with the specific diagnostic method practiced in the kit. Such kits can be used to detect the antibody in biological samples, such as tissue and bodily fluid before and after culture obtained from a subject.
This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific tumor antigen associated antibody from a subject, comprising: a vacuum sealed container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I2Z8~5 PGT/8.97/i00381 specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of one or more tumor associated antibodies.
In the present invention, detecting the reaction of the ligand with the tumor antigen can be further aided, in appropriate instances, by the use of a secondary antibody or other ligand which is reactive, either specifically with a different epitope or nonspecifically with the ligand or reacted antibody.
This invention provides a method of diagnosing a subject with cancer which comprises: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytes; c) obtaining a nucleic acid sequence from lymphocytes; d) contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a labeled nucleic acid sequence of at 1 S least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridizing with the isolated DNA, under hybridizing conditions; and e) determining the presence of the nucleic acid sequence hybridized, the presence of which is indicative of tumor antigen associated antibodies in the subject, thereby diagnosing the subject.
In one embodiment, the DNA sequence from the tumor antigen associated antibodies is amplified before step (b). In another embodiment PCR is employed to amplify the nucleic acid sequence. Methods of amplifying nucleic acid sequences are known to those skilled in the art.
Tumor antigen associated antibodies agent screening assays which determine whether or not a drug may used is contemplated in this invention. Such assays comprise incubating whole blood, lymphocytes, such as B cells, or PBMC with the mitogen with or without antigen and the tumor antigen associated antibodies drug and evaluate whether the cell expresses the tumor antigen associated antibodies and determining therefrom the effect of the compound on the activity of such agent.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo rcr~a.~rao3si The present invention relates to an improved assay for detecting a subject exposed to an antigen. This invention is contemplated for use as: 1 ) a diagnostic to determine if an individual has been e~:posed to an antigen, 2) a prognostic indicator, and 3) a method to monitor the effectiveness of anti-antigen treatment or the effectiveness of a new potential anti-antigen agent.
This invention provides an in vitro method for the detection of antibodies directed against an antigen in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample i;n a culture in the presence of a nutogen with or without antigen containing media,so .as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); wherein the presence of specific antigen antibodies is indicative of the subject being exposed to an antigen.
In one embodiment, a sample of leucocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce po~lyclonal and specific activation of E
lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of lymphocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of PBMC is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lynlphocytic cells.
In one embodiment, the specific antibodies producing cells are detected. In another embodiment, the culture of step b) results in a supernatant, and the supernatant is exposed to an antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I128~5 PCT/8.971~00381 immune complex to form. In another embodiment the cellular fraction of the culture is used. In another embodiment, leukocytes are used.
This invention further provides a method of detecting a subject exposed to an antigen, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonai and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) treating the cells so as to recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to an antigen, under hybridizing conditions; and e) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the antigen.
The cells of step c) may be treated so as to expose nucleic acid sequences of the cell. Methods of exposure are known to those skilled in the art.
Alternatively, the resulting nucleic acid sequences of step d) are amplified by a pair of primers which hybridizes to the nucleic acid molecule so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product. The amplification product may be detected as well.
In another embodiment, primers contact the resulting nucleic acid sequences capable of hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence at the edge of the variable region, under hybridizing conditions and specifically detected.
This invention also provides a method of detecting a subject exposed to an antigen, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s PCT/lili9"1Ii00.381 sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence, under hybridizing conditions; a ) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; fj treating any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences therefrom; g) contacting any resulting single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to an antigen, under hybridizing conditions; h) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detectably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the labeled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and i) detecting the presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the antigen .
"Antigens" include but are not limited to: immunogens, allergens, carcinogens, alloantigens, self antigens(auto-anitgens), cancer antigens, cancer associated antigens, transplantation antigens, blood group antigens, or pollutants. As defined herein all antigens elicit an immune response. Thus looking for an antibody (or antibodies) against it means that you would use the whole or segments (peptides) of it as the antigen for the detection systems and tests.
The antigen may be proteins, peptides, fragments, disassociated, peptides (of any length); lipoproteins; carbohydrates, such as glycoproteins and glycolipids (both have representatives on the bacteria walls, blood group antigens, and myeloma structures for example); oligosaccharides/ polysaccharides;
lipids/fats;
haptens; and chemicals such as TNP (trinitrophenyl), benzene arsenate, and non-organic compounds.
Helicobacterium pylori, the bacteria that has been implicated as the cause of a large part of the peptic ulcers. This bacteria has many antigenic/antigenic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IY~5 PGT/II9"11~0381 epitopes or structures. The entire bacteria, or some of its proteins, carbohydrates, mucins, or peptides may serve as an antigen for the antibody detection.
This invention also provides a method for amplifying a target RNA sequence in 5 a sample, comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the 10 antibody resulting from exposure to the antigen; d) treating the sample in a reaction mixture comprising a first and second primer, wherein the first primer is sufficiently complementary to the target RNA to hybridize therewith and initiate synthesis of a cDNA sequence complementary to the target RNA, and the second primer is sufficiently homologous to the target RNA to hybridize to the 15 cDNA and initiate synthesis of an extension product, and a thermostable DNA
polymerise in the presence of all four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates, in an appropriate bui~er, wherein the buffer comprises lVln+2 , at a temperature sufficient for the thermostable DNA polymerise to initiate synthesis of an extension product of the first primer to provide a cDNA sequence complementary 20 to the target RNA; e) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature to provide single-stranded cDNA; f) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature for the thermostable DNA polymerise to initiate synthesis of an extension product of the second primer to provide a double-stranded cDNA sequence; and g) amplifying the double-stranded cDNA
sequence of step e) by a polymerise chain reaction. In a preferred embodiment, the buffer comprises manganese acetate (also written Mn(OAc)2 or Mn(CH3C02)2), Bicine-KOH (Bicine is N,N-Bis(2-Hydroxyethyl)giycine), and potassium acetate (also written KOAc or KCH3C02).
This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific antibodies resulting from exposure to an antigen from a subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9srz~s rc'rm~~oo3si containing mitogen with or without antige;n, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells le:ading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific specific antibodies resulting from exposure to an antigen. The container may be a vacuum sealed container for collecting whole blood samples, and contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production. Sinl;le or multiple antigens may be bound to the container.
In accordance with the present invention, a blood sample is drawn into a test tube, such as a vacutube, containing an effective concentration of a solution of a mitogen with or without antigen, such as pokeweed mitogen. The blood sample to be tested is cultured in vitro in the presence of the pokeweed mitogen.
Other activators of B lymphocytic cells or the humoral system which leads to antibody production or secretion, that activate a Thz type immune response rnay be used in place of or in addition to the pokeweed mitogen to achieve the same function.
After incubation, an aliquot is taken from the fluid and is then assayed for the presence of desired antigen using standard ELISA procedures and/or Western Blot analysis. If the sample is to be assayed at a later date, the blood may be centrifuged and the supernatant fluid may be collected, frozen and stored.
Results may be obtained utilizing any other technique of detection. Cellular fractions may be used with PCR and ELISPOT.
The method of the present invention includes optionally separating the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood so that the presence of antibody can be determined. The separation of the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood can be done by any of several methods well known to those of ordinary sTcill in the art, including centrifugation, filtration or density gradient. It is to be understood, that the blood cells do not need to be physically separated from the fluid. After incubation of the whole blood with the mitogen with or without antigen, fluid from the blood can easily be extracted and tested for antibody.
SUBSTITUTE Sh~EET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s rcr~~oo3si Optionally, the red blood cells can be lysed either by mild osmotic shock or vvith a mild detergent. In this way, the white blood cells remain viable.
Antigens or antigens which specifically bind specific antibodies of the to antigen are known to those skilled in the art. Further, antibodies may be used as tags to bind to the antigen. In one embodiment the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another embodiment the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
Another method of immunoenzymatic detection of the presence of specific antibodies directed against one or more of the antigens is the Western blot.
The antigens are separated electrophoretically and transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane or other suitable support. The body fluid to be tested is then brought into contact with the membrane and the presence of the immune complexes formed is detected by the method already described. In a variation on this methods, purified antigen is applied in lines or spots on a membrane and allowed to bind. The membrane is subsequently brought into contact with the body fluid before and after culture to be tested and the immune complexes formed are detected using the previously described techniques.
This invention provides a method of diagnosing a subject exposed to an antigen which comprises: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytes cells; c) obtaining a nucleic acid sequence from lymphocytes; d) contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a labeled nucleic acid sequence of at least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridizing with the isolated DNA, under hybridizing conditions; and e) determining the presence of the nucleic acid sequence hybridized, the presence of which is indicative of exposure to an antigen in the subject, thereby diagnosing the subject.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98n2>i23 PCT/8..97/i00381 In the above described methods, a size fractionation may be employed which is effected by a polyacrylamide gel. In one; embodiment, the size fractionation is effected by an agarose gel. Further, transferring the DNA fragments into a solid matrix may be employed before a hybridization step. One example of such solid matrix is nitrocellulose paper.
A method for detecting the specific antibodies produced as a result of infection or exposure of antigen is the use of PC;R and/or dot blot hybridization. The presence or absence of an antigen agent for detection or prognosis, or risk assessment for antigen includes Southern transfers, solution hybridization or non-radioactive detection systems, all of which are well known to those of skill in the art. Hybridization is carried out using probes. Visualization of the hybridized portions allows the quatitatiive determination of the presence or absence of the causal agent.
Antigen agent screening assays which detE;rmine whether or not a drug may used is contemplated in this invention. Such assays comprise incubating whole blood, lymphocytes, such as B cells, or PBMC with the mitogen with or without antigen and the antigen drug and evaluate whether the cell expresses the antigen and determining therefrom the effect of the compound on the activity of such agent.
The present invention relates to an irr~proved assay for detecting a subject infected with virus. This invention is contemplated for use as: 1 ) a diagnostic to determine if an individual has been infectE;d with virus, 2) a prognostic indicator, and 3)a method to monitor the effectiveness of anti-viral treatment (or the effectiveness of a new potential anti-viral drug or agent.
This invention provides an in vitro method for the detection of antibodies directed against a virus in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a wholE; blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,se~ as to induce polyclonal and-specific SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~25 PCT/IIgfI00381 activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an virus antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); wherein the presence of virus specific antibodies is indicative of the subject being exposed to virus.
In one embodiment the specific antibodies producing cells are detected. The culture of step b) may result in a supernatant, and the supernatant may exposed to a virus antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form. Also, leukocytes or cellular fraction of the culture may be used.
This invention provides a method of detecting a subject infected with a virus, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) treating the cells so as to recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence the antibody produced as a result of exposure to virus , under hybridizing conditions; and e) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the virus .
The cells of step c) may be treated so as to expose nucleic acid sequences of the cell. Methods of exposure are known to those skilled in the art. Alternatively the resulting nucleic acid sequences of step d) may be amplified by a pair of primers which hybridizes to the nucleic acid sequence so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product. Amplification product may be detected.
In another embodiment primers contact the resulting nucleic acid sequences capable of hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence at the edge ~of the variable region, under hybridizing conditions and specifically detected.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo ~nzs~s rcr~~oo3si 2 ~~ , This invention provides a method of detecting a subject infected with a virus, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whose blood sample from the . subj ect; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to virus, under hybridizing conditions; a ) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; f) treating any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences therefrom; g) contacting any resulting single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with such the virus antibody, under hybridizing conditions; h) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detestably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the labeled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and i) detecting tile presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereof being indicative of t:he presence of the virus .
Viral antigens that are needed for the detection of virus specific antibodies can be in several forms: a) whole, or inactivated virus which may be dissociated (by sonication, homogenization, detergent, enzymes, and the product can be used as antigens as a group or individually); c) thE; viral sequence (or segments of it) may be inserted via vectors to other producing entities (cells, bacteria, yeast phage), and then individual proteins and structures will be produced; d) peptide fragments of the whole protein (both naked and glycosylated or connected with lipids, Specific peptides either alone or tied/bound/connected/part of/expressed on larger or different particles/bodies/cellslcarriers/surfaces) can be biochemically synthesized and used and antigen; and e) the interface bel;ween the virus and the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 981~2~5 PCT/a.97I~0381 cell or the exact way the viral antigens are expressed on the surface of the infected cell could serve as a specific antigenic epitopes too.
Viruses include but are not limited to: avian encephalomyelitis virus, avian reovirus, avian paramyxovirus, avian influenza virus, avian adenovirus, fowl pox virus, avian coronavirus, avian rotavirus, chick anemia virus (agent), Salmonella spp. E. coli, Pasteurella spp., Bordetella spp.) Eimeria spp., Histomonas spp., Trichomonas spp. , avian encephalomyelitis virus, avian reovirus, avian paramyxovirus, avian influenza virus, avian adenovirus, fowl pox virus, avian coronavirus, avian rotavirus, chick anemia virus (agent), Salmonella spp. E.
coli, Pasteurella spp.) Bordetella spp., Eimeria spp., Histomonas spp., Trichomonas spp., Poultry nematodes, cestodes, trematodes, poultry mites/lice, poultry protozoa.
Viruses of nonhuman primates are included but not limited to: Aotine herpesvirus l, Aotine helpesvirus 3, Cercopithecine herpesvirus 1 (B virus, HV
simiae), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 2 (SA8), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 3 (SA6), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 4 (SA15), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 5 (Afiican green monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 6 (Liverpool vervet monkey virus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 7 ( P a t a s monkey HV; MMV or PHV delta HV), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 8 (Rhesus monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 9 (Medical Lake macaque HV simian varicella Hu) , Cercopithecine herpesvirus 10 (Rhesus leukocyte assoc. HV strain 1 ), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 12 (HV papio, baboon Hue, Cercopithecine herpesvirus 13 (Herpesvirus cyclopis), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 14 (African green monkey EBV-like virus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 15 (Rhesus EBV-like HV) , Ateline herpesvirus 1 ( Spider monkey 1-iV), Ateline herpesvirus 2 (HV ateles), Callitrichine herpesvirus (HV
saguinus), Callitrichine herpesvirus (SSG, marmoset cytomegalovirus), Cebine herpesvirus 1 (Capuchin HV ), Cebine herpesvirus 2 ( Capuchin HV ), Pongine herpesvirus 1 (Chimpanzee HV; pan HV), Pongine herpesvirus 2 (Orangutan Hue, Pongine herpesvirus 3 (Gorilla HV), Saimiriine herpesvirus 1 (Marmoset SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9~1Z825 PCT/8.87100381 HV, herpes T, HV), tamarinus, HV platyrrhinae, ( type Saimiriine herpesvirus 2) Squirrel monkey HV, and HV sainuri.
Viruses of mammals include but are not limited to: Bovine herpesvirus 1 - 5, S Ovine herpesvirus 1-2, Alcelaphine herpesvirus 1, Parvovirus (including mice minute virus , Aleutian mink disease, bovine parvovirus, canine parvovirus, chicken parvovirus, feline panleukopenia, feline parvovirus, goose parvovirus, HB parvovirus, H-1 parvovirus, Kilham rat lapine parvovirus, mink enteritis) Erythrovirus (including adeno-associated type 1-5, bovine adeno-associated, canine adeno-associated, equine adeno-associated, ovine adeno-associated).
Viruses include but are not limited to: Cauliflower, Badnaviruses, Geminiviruses, Plant Reoviruses, Cryptoviruses, Rhabdoviridae, Tomato Spotted, Tenuiviruses, Tobacco, Potato Virus, Potyviridae, Closteroviruses, Turnip Yellow, Tomato Bushy, Luteoviruses, Sequiviridae, Tobacco, Cowpea, Tobacco, Pean Enation, Red Clover, Brome, Cucumber, AIfaLFa, Barley,Beet Necrotic, dsRNA, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Cryphonectria parasitica, Leishmania, Giardia Lamblia, Trichomonas, Chlorella, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
Further viruses from the following family are included: Baculoviridae and Nudiviruses, Polydnaviridae, Ascovitidae, Nodaviridae Tetraviridae, Tetraviridae, Tombusviridae, Coronaviridae, Flaviviridae, Togaviridae, Bromoviridae, Barnaviridae, Totiviridae, Partitiviridae, Hypoviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filovirid~ae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyaviridae, Arenaviridae, Leviviridae, Picornaviri~dae, Sequiviridae, Comoviridae, Potyviridae, Calciviridae, Astroviridae, Nodaviridae, Inoviridae, Microviridae, Geminiviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Haepadnaviridae, Retroviridae, Cystoviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae, Mvoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Tectiviridae, Corticoviridae, Plasmaviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Fuselloviridae, Poxviridae, African swine fever-like vin.~ses, Iridoviridae, Phycodnaviridae, Baculoviridae, Herpesviridae, Adenoviridae, Papovaviridae, Polydnaviridae, Picornaviridae, Caliciviridae, Astroviridae, Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCT/Q.9"1Ii00381 _ 28 ' Coronaviridae, Arterivirus, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyaviridae, Arenaviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae, Retroviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Papovaviridae, Adenoviridae, Herpesviridae, Poxviridae, Iridoviridae, Viruses include but are not limited to: Marek's disease virus (fowl), Mink Enteritis virus, Minute virus of mice, Mouse hepatitis viruses, Mouse mammary tumor virus, Mouse poliomyelitis virus (Theiler's virus) Mucosal disease virus (cattle), Myxoma virus, Nairobi sheep disease virus, Newcastle disease virus (fowl), orf virus (contagious pustular dermatitis virus), Parainfluenza virus 3, Parainffuenza virus 1 (Sendai virus), Peste-des-petits-ruminants virus (sheep and goats), Pneumonia virus of mice, Progressive penumonia virus of sheep, Psudocowpox virus (milker's nodule virus), Pseudorabies virus, Rabbit hemorrhagic disease virus, Rabies virus, Reoviruses 1-3, Rift Valley fever virus, Rinderpest virus, Rotaviruses of many species, Scrapie agent (sheep and goat), Sheeppox virus, Shope papillomavirus, Simian immunodeficiency viruses, Swine vesicular disease virus, Swinepox virus, Tick-borne encephalitis viruses, Transmissible gastroenteritis virus (swine), Turkey bluecomb virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Vesicular exanthema virus (swine), Vesicular stomatitis virus, Wasting disease of deer and elk, Wesselsbron virus, Western equine encephalitis virus, African horsesickness viruses 1-9, African swine fever virus, Aleutian mink disease virus, Avian reticuloendotheliosis virus, Avian sarcoma and leukosis viruses, B virus (Cercopithecus herpesvirus), Berne virus (horses), Bluetongue viruses 1-25, Border disease virus (sheep), Borna disease virus (horses), Bovine enteroviruses 1-7, Bovine ephemeral fever virus, Bovine immunodeficiency virus, Bovine leukemia virus, Bovine mamillitis virus, Bovine papillomaviruses, Bovine papillomaviruses, Bovine papular stomatitis -virus, B ovine respiratory syncytial virus, Bovine virus diarrhea virus, Breda virus (calves), Canine adenovirus 2, Canine distemper virus, Canine parvovirus, Caprine arthritis-encephalitis virus, Cowpox virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Ebola virus, Ectromelia virus (mousepox virus), Encephalomyocarditis virus, Epizootic hemorrhagic disease viruses (deer), Equine abortion virus SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s rcr~AO3si (EHV 1 ), Equine adenoviruses, Equine arteritis virus, Equine coital exanthema virus (EHV3), Equine infectious anemia virus, Equine rhinopneumonitis virus (EHV4), Feline calicivirus, Feline immunodeficiency virus, Feline infectious peritoniitis virus, Feline panleukopenia virus, Feline sarcoma and leukemia viruses, Fibroma viruses of rabbits and hares and squirrels, Foot-and-mouse disease viruses, Fowlpox virus, Hema,gglutinating encephalomyelitis virus (swine), Hog cholera virus, Infectious bovine rhinotrachetitis virus, Infectious bronchitis virus (fowl), Infectious bursar disease virus (fowl), Infectious canine hepatitis virus, Infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus (fish), Infectious laryngotrachetis virus, infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus (fish), Influenza viruses of swine, horses, seals, and fowl, Japanese encephalitis virus, Lactic dehydrogenase virus (mice), Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, Maedi/visna virus (sheep), Marburg virus, Rocio virus, Ross River virus, Rubella virus, Russian spring-summer encephalitis virus, Sandfly fever-Naples virus, Sandfly fever-Sicilian virus, St. Louis encephalitis virus, SV 40 virus, Tahyna virus, Vaccinia virus, Varicella-zoster virus (human herpesvirus 3), Variola virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Vesicular stomatitis viruses, West Nile virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, 'fellow fever virus, Adenovirus 1-49, Astrovirus 1, 2, B virus (Cercopithecus :herpesvirus), BK virus, Bunyamwera virus, California encephalitis virus, Central European encephalitis virus, Chikungunya virus, Colorado tick fever vines, Congo-Crimean hemorrhagic fever virus, Cowpox virus, Coxsacieviruses A 1-21 and A 24, Coxsackieviruses B 1-6, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease agent, prions, I>engue viruses 1-4, Duvenhage virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Ebola virus, Echoviruses 1-9 and I 1-27 and 34, Enteroviruses 68-71, Epstein-Barr vi~,rus (human herpesvirus 4), Hantaan virus, Hepatitis A vinrs, Hepatitis B virus, Hepatitis C virus, Hepatitis delta virus, Hepatitis E virus, Herpes simplex viruses 1 and 2 (human herpesviruses 1 and 2), Human enteric coronavirus, Human enteric; conoravirus, Human cytomeglovirus (human herpesvirus 5), Human herpesviruses 6A, 6B, and 7, Human immunodeficiency viruses 1 and 2 Human respiratory coronaviruses 229E and OC43, Hurnan rotaviruses, Human T-lymphotropic viruses 1 and 2, Influenza viruses A and B, Japanese encephalitis virus, JC virus, Junin virus (Argentine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2823 PCT/8.971~OOd81 hemorrhagic fever virus), Kuru agent, Kyasanur forest virus; La Crosse virus, Lassa virus, Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, Macuopo virus (Bolivian hemorrhagic fever virus), Marburg virus, Mayaro virus, Measles virus) Mokola virus, Molluscum contagiosum virus, Monkeypox virus; Muerto Canyon virus, S Mumps virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Norwalk virus (and related viruses), O'nyong-nyong virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Orf virus (contagious pustular dermatitis virus), Oropouche virus, Papillomaviruses 1-60, Parainfluenza viruses 1 and 3, Parainfluenza viruses 2 and 4, Parvovinis B-19, Polioviruses 1-3, Pseudocowpox virus (milker's nodule virus), RA-1 virus, 10 Rabies virus, Respiratory syncytial virus, Rhinoviruses 1-113, and Rift Valley fever virus.
Staphylococcal abscesses; Staphylococcal pneumonia; Staphylococcal bacteremia; Staphylococcal osteomyelitis; Staphylococcal; Influenza viruses A, 15 B, and C; Parainfluenza viruses 1-4; Mumps virus; Adenoviruses; Reoviruses;
Respiratory syncytial virus; Epstein-Barn virus; Rhinoviruses; Polioviruses;
Colorado tick fever; Phlebotomus fever; Venezuelen equine encephalitis; Rift valley fever; Dengue fever; West Nile fever; Barmah Forest virus; Chikungunya disease; Mayaro virus disease; Ross river virus disease; Sindbis virus disease 20 (Okelbo disease, Pogosta disease, Karelian fever); Eastern equine encephalitis;
Western equine encephalitis; St. Louis encephalitis; Venezuelen equine encephalitis; California virus group; Japanese encephalitis; Powassan virus;
Murray Valley encephalitis; Kyasanur Forest disease; Tick-borne encephalitis virus; Lymphocytic choriomeningitis; Yellow fever; Dengue hemorrhagic fever;
25 Kyasanur Forest disease; Omsk hemorrhagic fever; Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever; Hantaan virus; Seoul virus; Puumala virus; Machupo virus; Junin virus;
Lassa fever; Marburg virus; Ebola virus; lasmodium spp; Trypanosoma spp;
Microfilarie; Leishmania spp; naegleria Hartmannella Acanthamoeba group;
Giardia lamblia, Strongyloides, Entamoeba histolytica, Schistosoma mansoni, 30 Schistosoma japonicum; Entamoeba histolytica, Other amebas; Giardia lamblia;
Cryptosporidium; Trichuris trichiura, Ascaris lumbricoides, Hookwor. m, Strongyloides, Tapeworm, Fluke; Enterobius vermicularis; Entamoeba SU9STITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s rcr~.~r~oo3si histolytica; Paragonimus westermani; Entamoeba histolytica, Strongyloides, Echinococcus granulosus, Hookworm, Ascaris spp, Pneumocystis carinii;
Pneumocystis carinii; Onchocerca volvulus; Leishmania spp, Entamoeba histolytica; Taenia solium; Trichomonas spp; Schistosoma haematobium Pathogens include but are not limited to: feline pathogen, canine pathogen, equine pathogen, bovine pathogen, avian pathogen, porcine pathogen, or human pathogen. Human pathogen includes but is not limited to: herpes simplex virus-1, herpes simplex virus-2, human cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Barn virus, Varicell-Zoster virus, human herpesvirus-6, human herpesvirus-7, human influenza, human immunodeficiency virus, rabies vines, measles virus, hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus. Furthermore, the antigenic polypeptide of a human pathogen may be associated with malaria or malignant tumor from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Bordetella.
Equine pathogen can derived from equine influenza virus or equine herpesvirus.
Examples of such antigenic polypeptide are equine influenza virus type A/Alaska 91 neuraminidase, equine influenza vines type A/Prague 56 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Miami 63 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Kentucky 81 neuraminidaseequine herpesvirus type 1 glycoprotein B, and equine heipesvirus type 1 glycoprotein D.
Bovine pathogens include but are not limited to: bovine respiratory syncytial virus or bovine parainfluenza virus. The antigenic polypeptide of derived from bovine respiratory syncytial virus equine pathogen can derived from equine influenza virus is bovine respiratory syncytial virus attachment protein (BRSV
G), bovine respiratory syncytial virus fusion protein (BRSV F), bovine respiratory syncytial virus nucleocapsid protein (BRS V 1~, bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 fusion protein, and the bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 hemagglutinin neuraminidase.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98122gZ5 PCT/B.97/n0381 This invention provides a method for the detection of virus , comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the virus specific antibody; d) performing reverse transcription of an RNA of a virus specific antibodies in a sample to produce a DNA copy; e) performing polymerase chain reaction amplification of the DNA copy of the RNA genome to produce a plurality of I O DNA copies; f) performing hybridization of the DNA copies to a plurality of complementary DNA probes to detect the DNA content of the sample; thereby detecting virus infection.
This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific virus antigen from a I S subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing lnitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lyrnphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific virus antibody.
The present invention also includes a kit comprising a blood collection container containing an effective concentration of mitogen with or without antigen therein.
The container can optionally contain a culture medium. The preferred container is a test tube. The blood collection container can be plastic, glass, or any other material that is compatible with culturing blood. It is to be understood that the present invention also includes blood containing means other then a blood collection tube including, but not limited to, microtiter plates containing wells in which the blood can be incubated, tissue culture flasks, glass flasks such as an Erlenmeyer flask, and any other container in which the blood can be cultured.
This invention provides a method of diagnosing virus in a subject which comprises: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9825 PCT/B97I~00381 whole blood sample in a culture in the presE:nce of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, to induce pcdyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells; c) obtaining a nucleic acid sequence from lymphocytes; d) contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a labeled nucleic acid sequence of at least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridizing with the isolated DNA
of the specific antibody, under hybridizing conditions; and e) determining the presence of the nucleic acid sequence hybridized, the presence of which is indicative of virus in the subject, thereby diagnosing virus in the subject.
This invention provides an in vitro method for use as a diagnostic/prognostic indicator of a subject infected/exposed to a virus, comprising the following steps:
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of 1 S lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an virus antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the amount of antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); comparing the amount of the complex to a second amount of complex previously detected, the increa;~e of such amount is indicative of a subject seroconvereting. In one embodiment, the amounts of antibodies, either quantitatively, i.e. level of antibody titre, o~r qualitatively, from one time point to another are compared.
In one embodiment, the DNA sequence :From the virus is amplified before step (b). In another embodiment PCR is employed to amplify the nucleic acid sequence. Methods of amplifying nucleic acid sequences are known to those skilled in the art.
Primer pairs for HIV are known to those skilled in the art . For example, the following may be used:
SK 38/39 - (probe SK19) gag SUBSTITUTE SF~EET (RULE 26}
SK 101/145 pol SK68-/ Benvb env B 163 env/ Benvend env In one embodiment, the viral enzyme is reverse transcriptase (RT). In another embodiment the viral enzyme is protease. In another embodiment the enzyme is integrase. Other enzymes are known to those skilled in the art.
Examples of such antigens and specific antibodies which are immunoreactive with sera from patients infected with parenterally transmitted non-A, non-B
hepatitis (PT-NANBH) virus; to polynucleotide sequences which encode the peptides, to an expression system capable of producing the peptides, and to methods of using the peptides for detecting PT-NANBH infection in human sera are known to those skilled in the art. Specifically, this invention contemplates use of the HCV genome core, NS4 regions, surface-bound HCV antigen, 409-1-1 antigens (409-1-1 (abc), 409- I -1 (c-a), and related antigens. Yo shikura, Hiroshi, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,552,310 Replication of Hepatitis C virus genome and identification of virus having high infectivity; Reyes, Gregory,et al., U. S.
Patent No. 5,538,865, 5,443,965 and 5,436,318 Hepatitis C virus epitopes; Resnick, Robert M., et al., U. S.Patent No. S, 527, 669, Methods, primers and probes for detection of hepatitis C and novel variants; and Wang, Chang Y., U. S. Patent No.
5,436,126 Synthetic peptides specific for the detection of specific antibodies to HCV, diagnosis of HCV infection.
Further, antigens are known to those skilled in the art. For example, the following antigens may be used SOD/HCV polypeptide c100-3 (363 AA);
Polypeptide 2nd; and capsoid peptides.
As defined herein "sample" refers to any sample obtained from an organism.
Examples of biological samples include body fluids and tissue specimens. The source of the sample may be derived from such physiological media as blood, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»5 PCT/8.9711~0381 serum, plasma, breast milk, pus, tissue scrapings, washings, urine, tissue, such as lymph nodes, spleen or the like.
The subjects may be a mammal, or more specifically a human, horse, pig, rabbit, .
5 dog, sheep, goat, monkey, cow, cat, or rodent. In the preferred embodiment the subject is a human.
"Mitogens" as defined herein means any material that activates lymphocytic cells, so as to secrete or produce specific; antibodies. In one embodiment the 10 mitogen is a B cell activator, such as pokeweed mitogen, a lectin, a bacterial endotoxin, an antigen, lipid A, or a lymphokine. In another embodiment the mitogen is a superantigen such as a toxin from bacteria which include staphylococci and staphylococci A toxins (30KD toxins), enterotoxins A,B,C1,C2,D,E (from Staphylococcus aureus), exotoxins A,B,C, and exfoliative 15 toxin A,B. In another embodiment, the mito~gen is a gram-negative LPS
sequence.
In another embodiment the mitogen is a peptidoglycan from both gram negative and gram positive bacteria, for example, toxic shock syndrome toxin TSST-1, ExFT, MAM, Strep M., or a Gram-negative lipopolysacchride (LPS) sequences.
In another embodiment the mitogen is herpesviruses such as Epstein-Burr 20 Virus(EBV), a retrovirus, mouse mammary tumor virus (MMTV), picornavirus(rats) Coxsackie virus, mumps and measles viruses and Mtv virus ( 9,11,13,43). In another embodiment the mitogen is heat shock proteins(HSP) In another embodiment the mitogen is an antiibody which includes but is not limited to: Anti CD3 antibodies, Anti TCR (T cell Receptor), Anti IgM, Anti IgD, Anti 25 CD28 in both soluble form or bound. It: is contemplated that interleukines or cytokines, such as IL-4, either alone or in conjunction with additional factors may be added. In another embodiment the mitogen is phorbol ester such as phorbol myristate acetate, PMA with calcium ionop:hore and IL-4. In another embodiment phzrmacological activators {such as diacylglycerol) that work through paths such 30 as the PIPz derived second messenger path. In another embodiment the mitogen is a lectin including Pokeweed mitogen (P WM) and similar acting mitogens with SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2~25 PCT/Bg7/i00381 or without antigens. In the preferred embodiment Pokeweed mitogen is used.
Pokeweed mitogen includes pure and crude extracts from Phylotacca Americana.
As used herein, "whole blood" means blood collected from an animal or human.
The whole blood contains red blood cells which may be lysed while maintaining the viability of the remaining white blood cells. Whole blood may be collected with heparin, EDTA, citrate or any other substance that prevents coagulation and clotting.
In one embodiment, the optimal concentration of mitogen with or without antigen is easily determined without undue experimentation by one of ordinary skill in the art. With regard to the preferred mitogen, pokeweed mitogen, the preferred concentration range is between approximately 1:100 and 1:1000 dilutions of stock PWM. The most preferred concentration range is between approximately 1:200 and 1:1:400 dilutions of stock PWM. The preferred source of the stock PWM is GIBCO, New York, New York. The lyophilized PWM is reconstituted with 5 mI of distilled water to make the stock solution.
The concentration of pokeweed mitogen may range from about 0.025-50.0 ul/ml.
The concentration range may be from about 0.1-0.5 ul/ml. The preferred concentration is 0.2 ul/ml. If the mitogen is Wheat germ agglutination the concentration range is about 0.1-2.5 ul/ml. If the mitogen is Sac Cowan I
mitogen the concentration range is 1:200-1:2000 dilution.
As defined herein, "culture medium" means any medium than can be used to sustain a sample to -practice the present invention, including but not limited to RPMI 1640 (GIBCO, New York, New York) with or without fetal calf serum, preferably supplemented with appropriate antibiotics and glutamine. Other culture media which may be used in practicing the present invention include, but are not limited to, Eagles, Dulbecco's, McCoy's, Media 199, Waymouth's media, and serum free medium with or without supplement. In another embodiment the mitogen is without media.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98122825 PCT/B.9?Ii00081 The nucleic acid sequence referred herein may be DNA, RNA or cDNA.
Amplification is carried out using the polymerase chain reaction and a single or plurality of primer sets so as to provide PCR products of different lengths.
The plurality of primer sets are amplified together by PCR. Each primer set is amplified separately by PCR.
If one employs two different primer sets, trAe present invention contemplates that the first primer set is capable of generating a product of a length short enough to be essentially transparent to the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid under a defined set of amplification conditions. That is regardless of the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds, the length of the product is sufficient such that amplification product will be detected.
The second primer set is also capable of generating a product of a length long enough to be affected-not completely inhibited but inhibited in part-by the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid of the nucleic acid-containing antibodies with the same amplification conditions as above.
This being so the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds will be reflected in the amount of amplification product detected.
Where three different primer sets are used, the present invention contemplates that the first primer set is capable of generating a product of a length short enough to be essentially transparent to the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid under a defined set of amplification conditions. In other words regardless of the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds, the length of the product is sufficient such that amplification product will be detected. The second primer set is also capable of generating a product of a length long enough to be affected-not completely inhibited but inhibited in part-by the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid of the nucleic acid-containing antibodies with the same amplification conditions as above.
Again the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds will be reflected in the-amount of amplification product detected. The third primer set SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2~5 PGT/IL9'f100381 is capable of generating a product of a length long enough to be completely inhibited by the addition of addition compounds to the nucleic acid of the nucleic-acid containing antibodies. Covalent addition of the addition compounds will be reflected by the complete absence of measurable amplification product.
For example, after amplification, a portion of the PCR reaction mixture can be separated and subjected to hybridization with an end-labeled nucleotide probe, such as a 32P labeled adenosine triphosphate end-labeled probe. In PCR, an end-labeled oligonucleotide probe hybridizes in solution to a region of the amplified sequence and, in the process, reconstitutes a specific endonuclease site.
Thus, hybridization of the labeled probe with the amplified sequence yields a double-stranded DNA form that is sensitive to selective restriction enzyme digestion. After restriction with an endonuclease, the resulting samples can be analyzed on a polyacrylamide gel, and autoradiograms of the portion of the gel with the diagnostic labeled fragment can be obtained. The appearance of a diagnostic fragment (e.g. 10-15 bases in length) in the autoradiogram indicates the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies nucleotide sequences in the PBMCs.
"PCR" refers to a process of amplifying one or more specific nucleic acid sequences, wherein ( 1 ) oligonucleotide primers which determine the ends of the sequences to be amplified are annealed to single-stranded nucleic acid in a test sample, {2) a nucleic acid polymerase extends the 3' ends of the annealed primers to create a nucleic acid strand complementary in sequence to the nucleic acid to which the primers were annealed, (3) the resulting double-stranded nucleic acid is denatured to yield two single-stranded nucleic acids, and (4) the processes of primer annealing, primer extension, and product denaturation are repeated enough times to generate easily identified and measured amounts of the sequences defined by the primers. Practical control of the sequential annealing, extension, a.nd denaturation steps is exerted by varying the temperature of the reaction container, normally in a repeating cyclical manner. Annealing and extension occur optimally in the 40o C. to 80o C. temperature range (exact value SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»5 PCTIB97l00381 depending on primer concentrations and sequences), whereas denaturation requires temperatures in the 80o C. to 1000 C. range (exact value depending on target sequence and concentration).
DNA amplification procedures by PCR are vvell known and are described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202, and 4,965,188, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. For ease of understanding the advantages provided by the present invention, a siunmary of PCR is provided. PCR requires two primers that hybridize with the double-stranded target nucleic acid sequence to be amplified.
In PCR, this double-stranded target sequE;nce is denatured and one primer is annealed to each strand of the denatured target. The primers anneal to the target nucleic acid at sites removed from one another and in orientations such that the extension product of one primer, when separated from its complement, can hybridize to the other primer. Once a given primer hybridizes to the target sequence, the primer is extended by the action of a DNA polymerise. The extension product is then denatured from the target sequence, and the process is repeated. One particular method for mininuzing the effects of cross contamination of nucleic acid amplificatiion is described in U. S. Pat. No.
5,035,996, which is incorporated herein by reference.
The PCR technique useful for determining whether seropositive or seronegative persons have detectable levels of specific antibodies. In PCR techniques, oligonucleotide primers to the specific tumor associated antibody is indicative of the subject having cancer.
Tumor antigen associated antibodies produced complementary to the two 3' borders of the DNA region to be amplified are synthesized. The polymerise chain reaction is then carried out using the two primers. See PCR Protocols: A
Guide to Methods and Applications [P~ Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Annlications. (1990) Innis, M., Gelfand D., Sninsky, T. and White, T., eds., Academic Press, San Diego]. Following F'CR amplification, the PCR-amplified regions of an tumor antigen associated antibodies can be tested for their ability SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZ?~825 PCTlIL9"11~00381 to hybridize to the three specific nucleic acid probes listed above.
Alternatively, hybridization of nucleic acid of the tumor antigen associated antibodies to the above nucleic acid probes can be performed by a Southern blot procedure without DNA amplification and under stringent hybridization conditions as described 5 herein. U.S. Patent No. 5,494,810 Barany, Francis,et al. "Polymerase chain reaction (PCR)" refers to a patented process (described in U. S. Patent Nos.
4,683,202 and 4,683,195) for the exponential amplification of aspecific DNA
fragment by utilizing two oligonucleotide primers that hybridize to opposite strands and flank the region of interest in a target DNA are incorporated by 10 reference. Also, those assays disclosed in the disclosures of the following U. S.
patents: U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,459,359 is incorporated by reference.
Choosing PCR primer sequences, preparing PCR reagents and reaction mixtures, and designing and running PCR reactions are well known procedures in the FCR
15 art. In the event that nucleic acid amplification is performed on suspended cells in a standard PCR tube, the cells are treated like any conventional PCR test sample: diluted into reaction mixture shortly before amplification is started, at a total cell number ranging from approximately 100 to approximately 106 .
20 If multiple samples are amplified simultaneously in different tubes, a fresh sampler tip is used to add the missing reagents) to each tube, to prevent cross-contamination. After all tubes have been prepared and capped, the standard three-temperature thermal cycle program of denaturation, annealing, and extension for approximately 10 to 40 cycles is performed under thermal cycler 25 microprocessor control. Alternatively, and often preferably, a series of two-temperature cycles can be run wherein annealing and extension are performed at a single temperature, normally optimized for stringent annealing of primer to template. Because reaction rates may be somewhat retarded with cellular preparations as compared to cell-free nucleic acids, it may be necessary 30 to increase the durations of the denaturation, anneal, extend, or anneal-extend cycle segments as much as several-fold from values standard when the test sample contains cell-free nucleic acid. This adjustment is easily performed by SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 2G) wo ~rr~s rcria.~~oo3si looking for conditions which maximize th.e intensity of the signal seen during amplified nucleic acid detection or which nunimize the number of cycles needed to reach a given signal intensity. A similar optimization procedure can be used for MgCl2, dNTP, primer, and enzyme concentrations in the reaction mixture;
these parameters often show different optima for different targets, and also may be affected when amplification occurs within fixed cells.
Primer pairs of known sequence positioned 10-300 base pairs apart that are complementary to the plus and minus strands of the DNA to be amplified can be prepared by well known techniques for the synthesis of oligonucleotides. One end of each primer can be extended and modified to create restriction endonuclease sites when the primer is annealed to the nucleic acid sequence of specific antibodies. The PCR reaction nuxture can contain the DNA of the specific antibodies, the DNA primer pairs, four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates, MgCl2, DNA polymerise, and conventional buffers The DNA can be amplified for a number of cycles. It is generally possible to increase the sensitivity of detection by using a multiplicity of cycles, each cycle consisting of a short period of denaturation of the DNA of the specific antibodies at an elevated temperature, cooling of the reaction mixture, and polymerization with the DNA polymerise. Oligonucleotide primers and probes are known to those skilled in the art.
Oligonucleotides for use as probes or PCR primers are chemically synthesized according to the solid phase phosphoramidite triester method first described by Beaucage and Carruthers [Beaucage and Carruthers (1981) Tetrahedron Lett.
22:1859-1862.] using an automated synthesizer, as described in Needham-VanDevanter [Needham-VanDevanter, D.R., et al., ( 1984) Nucleic Acids Res. 12:6159-6168]. Purification of oligonucleotides is by either native acrylamide gel electrophoresis or by anion-exchange HPLC as described in Pearson, J.D. and Regnier, F.E. [Pearso:n, J.D., and Regruer, F.E., (1983) J_.
Chrom. 255:137-14976.]. The sequence of the synthetic oligonucleotide can be verified using the chemical degradation method of Maxim, A.M. and Gilbert, W.
SU6STITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZ?,8~Z5 PCT/B.97Ii00381 42 .
[Maxam, A.M. and Gilbert, W. Methods in EnzvmoloQV (1980) Grossman, L.
and Moldave, D., eds., Academic Press, New York, 65:499-560.]. Tavernarakis, N., U.S. Patent No. 5,569,582 is directed to amplification and detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies nucleic acid is hereby incoporated by reference.
The present invention has applicability to diagnosing a subject having cancer by the amplification and subsequent detection of nucleic acid sequences of anti tumor antigen associated antibodies. "Amplification" is a special case of nucleic acid replication involving template specificity. It is to be contrastea wltn non-specific template replication (i. e., replication that is template-dependent but not dependent on a specific template). Template specificity is here distinguished from fidelity of replication (i.e., synthesis of the proper polynucleotide sequence) and nucleotide (ribo- or deoxyribo-) specificity. Template specificity is frequently described in terms of "target" specificity. Target sequences are "targets" in the sense that they are sought to be amplified or detected preferentially in the presence of other non-target nucleic acid sequences.
Amplification techniques have been designed primarily for the detection of specific target sequences. Template specificity is achieved, in most amplification techniques, by the choice of enzyme. Amplification enzymes are enzymes that, under the conditions in which they are used, will process only specific sequences of nucleic acid in a heterogenous mixture of nucleic acid.
In the case of T4 DNA ligase, the enzyme will not ligate the two oligonucleotides where there is a mismatch between the oligonucleotide substrate and the template at the ligation junction. D. Y. Wu and R. B. Wallace, Genomics 4:560 (1989).
Finally, Taq polymerase, --by virtue of its ability to fiznction at high temperature, is found to display high specificity for the sequences bounded and thus defined by the primers; the high temperature results in thermodynamic conditions that favor primer hybridization with the specific target sequences and not hybridization with non-target sequences. R. K. Saiki in PCR Technology, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9&Z2»25 PCT/8.97100381 Principles and Applications for DNA Amplification (H. A. Erlich, Ed.), pp. 7-( 1989).
Some amplification techniques take the approach of amplifying and then detecting target; others detect target and then amplify probe. Regardless of the approach, the sample containing nucleic; acid must be free of inhibitors for amplification to occur at high efficiency.
Amplification "reagents" are defined as those reagents (primers, deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates, etc.) needed for amplification except for nucleic acid and the amplification enzy~:ne. Typically, amplification reagents along with other reaction components a~-e placed and contained in a reaction vessel (test tube, microwell, etc.).
The preferred lysing agent is protease K. Protease K is a proteolytic enzyme from Tritirachium album. It is particularly useful in the present invention because it has no significant DNase activity and, therefore, does not degrade nucleic acid which would prevent amplification. It is also attractive because it is inexpensive and commercially available (e.g., Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.,U.S.A., catalogue No.
p4914 "Proteinase K"). Various treatment conditions using protease K have been found useful. It is preferred that a high concentration of protease K (e. g., 1.5-2. S
mg/ml) be used for short (5-10 minutes) incubation periods to completely degrade cellular and tumor antigen ;associated antibodies. When lower concentrations of protease K (e.g., 0.5 mg/ml) are used, longer incubation periods (30-60 minutes) are required to achieve the same effect. Other lysis approaches are also contemplated, including lysis by heating.
Detection" of PCR-amplified nucleic acid refers to the process of observing, locating, or quantitating an analytical signal which is inferred to be specifically associated with the product of PCR amFdification, as distinguished fi om PCR
reactants. The analytical signal can result from visible or ultraviolet absorbance or fluorescence, chemiluminescence, or the photographic or autoradiographic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98122825 PCT/II~'1100381 image of absorbance, fluorescence, chemiluminescence, or ionizing radiation.
Detection of in situ PCR products involves microscopic observation or recording of such signals. The signal derives directly or indirectly from a molecular "tag"
attached to a PCR primer or dNTP or to a nucleic acid probe, which tag may be a radioactive atom, a chromophore, a fluorophore, a chemiluminescent reagent, an enzyme capable of generating a colored, fluorescent, or chemiluminescent product, or a binding moiety capable of reaction with another sequence or particle which directly carries or catalytically generates the analytical signal.
Common binding moieties are biotin, which binds tightly to streptavidin or avidin, digoxigenin, which binds tightly to anti-digoxigenin antibodies, and fluorescein, which binds tightly to anti-fluorescein antibodies. The avidin, streptavidin, and antibodies are easily attached to chromophores, fluorophores, radioactive atoms, and enzymes capable of generating colored, fluorescent, or chemiluminescent signals.
RNA is prepared by any number of methods; the choice may depend on the source of the sample and availability. Methods for preparing RNA are described in Davis et al., 1986, Basic Methods in Molecular Biology, Elsevier, NY, Chapter 11; Ausubel et al., 1987, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Chapter 4, John Wiley and Sons, NY; Kawasaki and Wang, 1989, PCR Technology, ed. Erlich, Stockton Press NY; Kawasaki, 1990, PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications, Innis et al. eds. Academic Press, San Diego; and Wang and Mark, 1990, PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications, Innis et al. eds.
Academic Press, San Diego; all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
As noted above, the probe will be capable of specific hybridization to a specific tumor antigen associated antibody nucleic acid is indicative of the subject having cancer.
Such "specific hybridization" occurs when a probe hybridizes to a target nucleic acid, as evidenced by a detectable signal, under conditions in which the probe does not hybridize to other nucleic acids (e.g., animal cell or other bacterial nucleic acids) present in the sample. A variety of factors including the length and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I2~2.S PCT/8.971~0381 base composition of the probe, the extent of base mismatching between the probe and the target nucleic acid, the presence of salt and organic solvents, probe concentration, and the temperature affect hybridization, and optimal hybridization conditions must often be detennined empirically. For discussions S of nucleic acid probe design and annealing conditions, see, for example, Ausubel, F., et al., Methods in Enzymology [Mgthods in Enz~olo"gy Vol. 152, ( 198?) Bergen, S. and Kimmel, A. ed., Academic Press, New York) or Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
I O I~gh stringent hybridization conditions are selected at about 5 ° C
lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
Typically, stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is at I S least about 0.02 molar at pH 7 and the temperature is at least about 60 ° C. As other factors may significantly affect the stringency of hybridization, including, among others, base composition and size of the complementary strands, the presence of organic solvents, ie. salt or fonnamide concentration, and the extent of base mismatching, the combination of parameters is more important than the 20 absolute measure of any one. For Example high stringency may be attained for example by overnight hybridization at about 68 ° C in a 6x S S C
solution, washing at room temperature with 6x SSC solution, followed by washing at about 68 ° C
in a 6x SSC in a 0.6x SSX solution.
25 Hybridization with moderate stringency may be attained for example by: 1 ) filter pre-hybridizing and hybridizing with a solution of 3x sodium chloride, sodium citrate (SSC), 50% formamide, O.1M Tris buffer at Ph 7.5, Sx Denhardt's soluti o n; 2. ) pre-hybridization at 3 7 ° C for 4 hours; 3 ) hybridization at 3 7 ° C
with amount of labeled probe equal to 3,000,000 cpm total for 16 hours; 4) wash 30 in 2x SSC and 0.1% SDS solution; 5;1 wash 4x for 1 minute each at room temperature at 4x at 60°C for 30 minutes each; and 6) dry and expose to film.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9&1~?~5 PCT/B97N0381 The phrase "selectively hybridizing to" refers to a nucleic acid probe that hybridizes, duplexes or binds only to a particular target DNA or RNA sequence - when the target sequences are present in a preparation of total cellular DNA
or RNA. By selectivly hybridizing it is meant that a probe binds to a given target in a manner that is detectable in a different manner from non-target sequence under high stringency conditions of hybridization. in a different "Complementary" or "target" nucleic acid sequences refer to those nucleic acid sequences which selectivly hybridize to a nucleic acid probe. Proper annealing conditions depend, for example, upon a probe's length, base composition, and the number of mismatches and their position on the probe, and must often be determined empirically. For discussions of nucleic acid probe design and annealing conditions, see, for example, Sambrook et al., [Sambrook, et al. ( 1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2nd ed.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Vols. 1-3.] or Ausubel, F., et al., [Ausubel, F., et al. (1987) Current Protocols in Molecular Bioloev, New York.].
DNA or mRNA of tumor antigen associated antibodies may be detected by Southern blotting, - single stranded conformational polymorphism gel electrophoresis (SSCP), PCR or other DNA based techniques, or for RNA species by Northern blotting, PCR or other RNA-based techniques.
As defined herein nucleic acid probes may be DNA or RNA fragments. DNA
fragments can be prepared, for example, by digesting plasmid DNA, or by use of PCR, or synthesized by either the phosphoramidite method described by B eaucage and Carruthers, or by the triester method according to Matteucci, et al., [Matteucci, et al. (1981) Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185.], both incorporated herein by reference. A double stranded fragment may then be obtained, if desired, by annealing the chemically synthesized single strands together under appropriate conditions or by synthesizing the complementary strand using DNA
polymerase with an appropriate primer sequence. Where a specific sequence for a nucleic acid probe is given, it is understood that the complementary strand is also identified and included. The complementary strand will work equally well SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»22825 PCTIB.971i00381 in situations where the target is a double-stranded nucleic acid. It is also understood that when a specific sequence; is identified for use a nucleic probe, a subsequence of the listed sequence which is 25 base pairs or more in length is also encompassed for use as a probe.
The antibody or DNA sequence may be labeled with a detectable marker including, but not limited to: a radioactive label, or a colorimetric, a luminescent, or a fluorescent marker, or gold. Radioactive labels include, but are not limited t0: 3II 14 C 32 P 33 P.35 s 36 C151 Cr57 CC~59 C~9 F~U ~35 1~1 I aIlQ Re.
> > > > > > > o ~ a o a ~
Fluorescent markers include but are not :(invited to: fluorescein, rhodamine and auramine. Colorimetric markers include, but are not limited to: biotin, and digoxigenin. Methods of producing the polyclonal or monoclonal antibody are known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
Further, the antibody or nucleic acid sequence complex may be detected by a second antibody which may be linked to an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase. Other enzymes which may be employed are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
The tumor antigens or antibodies may also be labeled using fluorescent labels, enzyme labels, free radical labels, or bacteriophage labels, using techniques known in the art. Typical fluorescent labels include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, alophycocyanin, and Texas Red.
Since specific enzymes may be coupled to other sequences by covalent links, the possibility -also exists that they might be used as labels for the production of tracer materials. Suitable enzymes include alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, maleate dehydrogenase, and peroxidase. Types of enzyme immunoassay are the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), ELISPOT, and the homogeneous enzyme immunoassay, also known as enzyme-multiplied immunoassay (EMIT, Syva Corporation, Palo Alto, CA). In theELISA system, separation may be achieved, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCT/B.9'fI~00'381 for example, by the use of antibodies coupled to a solid phase. The EMIT
system depends on deactivation of the enzyme in the tracer-antibody complex; the activity can thus be measured without the need for a separation step.
Additionally, chemiluminescent compounds may be used as labels. Typical chemiluminescent compounds include luminol, isolunlinol, aromatic acridinium esters, imidazoles, acridinium salts, and oxalate esters. Similarly, bioluminescent compounds may be utilized for labeling, the bioluminescent compounds including iuciferin, luciferase, and aequorin.
Once labeled, the antibody may be employed to identify and quantify immunologic counterparts (antibody or tumor antigenic polypeptide) utilizing techniques well-known to the art. Antibodies include but are not limited to:
IgG
and subsets, IgA, IgE, IgM, IgD.
The phrase "specifically binds to an tumor antigen associated antibodies" or "specifically immunoreactive with", when referring to the tumor antigen associated antibodies, refers to a binding reaction which is determinative of the presence of the tumor antigen associated antibody. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the specified tumor antigen associated antibody binds to the tumor antigen associated antibody and does not bind in a significant amount to other antibodies present in the sample. Specific binding to an tumor antigen associated antibody under such conditions may require an tumor antigen that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein.
A variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select specific antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select monoclonal antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein. See Harlow and Lane [Harlow and Lane, (1988) Antibodies. A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Publication, New York. ] for a description of immuno assay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9~'ZSZS PCTIQ.g1Ji00381 4f A description of a radioimmunoassay (RIA) may be found in Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology [Laboratory Techniaues inin Biochemistry and Molecular Biologx ( 1978) North Holland Publishing Company, New York.], with particular reference to the chapter entitled "An Introduction to Radioimmune Assay and Related Technuques" by Chard, T., incorporated by reference herein.
A description of general immunometric assays of various types can be found in the following U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,376,110 (David et al.) or 4,098,876 (Piasio) and 4,870,003 (Kortright) are incorporated by reference.
The presence or concentration of this a~itigen-antibody complex is determined to detect or quantitate the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies in the biological sample.
The ligand to the peptide sequence may carry a specific substance such as a metal ion (iron or zinc or other) into the tumor and thus serve as a means to deliver toxic substances (radioactive or cytoto~xic chemical i. e. toxin like ricin or cytotoxic alkylating agent or cytotoxic prodrug) to the tumor. The linkage of the antibody and the toxin or radioisotope can be chemical. Examples of direct linked toxins are doxorubicin, chlorambucil, ricin, pseudomonas exotoxin etc., or a hybrid toxin can be generated 'h with specificity for peptide and the other '/z with specificity for the toxin. Such a biv~~lent molecule can serve to bind to the tumor and the other '/z to deliver a cytotoxic to the tumor or to bind to and activate a cytotoxic lymphocyte such as binding to the Tl - T3 receptor complex.
Antibodies of required specificity can also loe cloned into T cells and by replacing the immunoglobulin domain of the T cell receptor (TcR); cloning in the desired MAb heavy and light chains; splicing the Uh and L~ gene segments with the constant regions of the a and 13 TCR chains and transfecting these chimeric Ab/TcR genes in the patients' T cells, propagating these hybrid cells and infusing them into the patient. Specific knowledge of tissue specific antigens for targets SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 982825 PCT/B.9~I00381 and generation of MAb's specific for such targets will help make this a usable approach.
It is possible to produce a toxic genetic chimera such as TP-40 a genetic 5 recombinant that possesses the cDNA from TGF-alpha and the toxic portion of pseudomonas exotoxin so the TGF and portion of the hybrid binds the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) and the pseudomonas portion gets taken up into the cell enzymatically and inactivates the ribosomes ability to perform protein synthesis resulting in cell death.
Detecting the reaction of the antibody (or ligand) with the tumor antigen can be facilitated by the use of an antibody or ligand that is labeled with a detectable moiety by methods known in the art. Such a detectable moiety will allow visual detection of a precipitate or a color change, visual detection by microscopy, or automated detection by spectrometry or radiometric measurement or the Iike.
Examples of detectable moieties include fluorescein and rhodamine (for fluorescence microscopy), horseradish peroxidase (for either light microscopy or electron microscopy and biochemical detection), biotin-strepavidin (for light or electron microscopy) and alkaline phosphatase (for biochemical detection by color change). The detection methods and moieties used can be selected, for example, from the list above or other suitably examples by the standard criteria applied to such selections (Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988 ).
Enzyme immunoassays such as immunofluorescence assays (IFA), photometric assays, enzyme Iir5lced immunosorbent assays (ELISA), ELISPOT, and immunoblotting can be readily adapted to accomplish the detection of the specific antibodies. An ELISA method effective for the detection of the tumor antigen associated antibodies can, for example, be as follows: (1) bind the tumor antigen to a substrate; (2) contact the bound tumor antigen with a biological sample, such as a bodily fluid before and after culture or tissue sample or lymphocytes before and after culture containing the antibody; (3) contact the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO ~2~5 PCT/IL9'fIi00381 above with a secondary antibody bound to a detectable moiety (e.g., horseradish peroxidase enzyme or alkaline phosphatase enzyme); (4) contact the above with the substrate for the enzyme; (5) contact the above with a color -reagent; (6) observe the color change.
Where the tumor antigens are labeled, the labels can include radioisotopes, fluorophores, enzymes, luminescers or particles. These and other labels are well known in the art and are described, for example, in the following U.S. Pat.
Nos.
3,766,162; 3,791,932; 3,817,837; 3,996,,345; and 4,233,402. Assays employing the tumor antigen associated antibodies i"rom the cell lines can be heterogenous, i.e., requiring a separation step, or homogenous. If the assay is heterogenous a variety of separation means can be employed, including centrifugation, filtration, chromatography or magnetism.
Other detection systems which may also be used include those based on the use of protein A derived from Staphylococcus. aureus Cowan strain I, protein G
from group C Streptococcus sp. (strain 26RP66), or systems which employ the use of the biotin-avidin binding reaction.
Another method of immunoenzymatic detection of the presence of antibodies is the Western blot. The tumor antigens are separated electrophoretically and transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane or other suitable support. The body fluid to be tested is then brought into contact with the membrane and the presence of the immune complexes formed is detected by the method already described. In a variation on this methods, purified tumor antigen associated antibodies is applied in lines or spots on a membrane and allowed to bind. The membrane is subsequently brought into contact with the body fluid before and after culture to be tested and the immune complexes formed are detected using the previously described techniques.
The presence of specific antibodies in body fluid before and after culture may also be detected by agglutination. Tumor antigen associated antibodies lysates, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9snz»s rc~r~mroo~si tumor antigen or purified composition referred to according to this invention, is used to coat, for example, latex particles which form an uniform suspension.
When mixed with serum containing specific antigens to the antibodies present, the latex particles are caused to agglutinate and the presence of large aggregates can be detected visually.
Tumor antigen associated antibodies reactive with specific antibodies of tumor antigen can also be measured by a variety of immunoassay methods. For a review of immunological and immunoassay procedures applicable to the measurement of antibodies by immunoassay techniques, see Basic and Clinical Immunology 7th Edition [Basic and Clinical Immunology, 7th Edition D. Stites and A. Ten ed.].
Hemagglutination Inhibition (HI) and Complement Fixation (CF) which are two laboratory tests that can be used to detect tumor antigen associated antibodies by testing for the presence of antibodies.
A person of ordinary skill in the art will be able to obtain appropriate DNA
sample for diagnosing the subject. The DNA sample obtained by the above described method may be cleaved by restriction enzyme. The uses of restriction enzymes to cleave DNA and the conditions to perform such cleavage are well-known in the art.
In the above described methods, a size fractionation may be employed which is effected by a polyacrylamide gel. in one embodiment, the size fractionation is effected by an agarose gel. Further, transferring the DNA fragments into a solid matrix may be employed before a hybridization step. One example of such solid matrix is nitrocellulose paper.
Similarly, a Northern transfer may be used for the detection of message in samples of RNA or reverse transcriptase PCR and cDNA can be detected by methods described above. This procedure is also well known in the art.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 5 PCT/IL~7N0381 53.
An alternative means for determining the ;presence specific antibodies produced as a result of infection or exposure of the tumor antigen associated antibodies is in situ hybridization, or more recently, in i a polymerise chain reaction.
In '~u PCR is described in Neuvo et al. [Ne;uvo, et al. (1993) American Journal of Surgical Patholo~~ 17(7), 683-690. ], Intracellular localization of polymerise chain reaction (PCR)-amplified tumor antigen cDNA; Bagasra et al. [Bagasra, et al. ( 1992) J. New England Journal of Medicine 326(21 ):13 85-13 91. ], Detection of tumor antigen by in situ polymerise chain reaction; and Heniford et al.
[Heniford, et al. ( 1993 ) Nucleic Acids R. sese earch 21 ( 14):3159-3166. ], Variation in cellular EGF receptor mRNA expre;>sion demonstrated by in 's,~u reverse transcriptase polymerise chain reaction. In situ hybridization assays are well known and are generally described in Methods Enzymol. incorporated by reference herein. In an in situ hybridization, cells are fixed to a solid support, typically a glass slide. The cells are then contacted with a hybridization solution at a moderate temperature to permit annealing of target-specific probes that are labeled. The probes are preferably labeled with radioisotopes or fluorescent reporters.
The above described probes are also useful for in-situ hybridization or in order to locate tissues which express this gene, or for other hybridization assays for the presence of this gene or its mRNA in various biological tissues. In-situ hybridization is a sensitive localization method which is not dependent on expression of tumor antigens or native vs. denatured conditions.
Oligonucleotides are 3'end-labeled with [a 'SS]dATP to specific activities in the range of 1 x 10'° dpm/ug using terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase.
Unincorporated labeled nucleotides are removed from the oligo probe by centrifugation through a Sephadex G-25 ccdumn or by elution from a Waters Sep Pak C-18 column.
A probe can be identified as capable o:E hybridizing specifically to its target nucleic acid by hybridizing the probe to a sample treated according the protocol SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9PCT/8.97100381 of this invention where the sample contains both target tumor antigen associated antibodies and animal cells (e.g., nerve cells). A probe is specific if the probe's characteristic signal is associated with the tumor antigen associated antibodies DNA in the sample and not generally with the DNA of the host cells and non-biological materials {e.g., substrate) in a sample.
The following stringent hybridization and washing conditions will be adequate to distinguish a specific probe (e.g., a fluorescently labeled DNA probe) from a probe that is not specific: incubation of the probe with the sample for 12 hours at 37°C in a solution containing denatured probe, 50% formamide, 2X
SSC, and 0.1 % (w/v) dextran sulfate, followed by washing in 1 X S SC at 70 ° C
for 5 minutes; 2X SSC at 37°C for 5 minutes; 0.2X SSC at room temperature for minutes, and H20 at room temperature for 5 minutes. Those of skill will be aware that it will often be advantageous in nucleic acid hybridizations (i.e., in situ, Southern, or other) to include detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate), chelating agents (e.g., EDTA) or other reagents (e.g., buffers, Denhardt's solution, dextran sulfate) in the hybridization or wash solutions.
It will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that a convenient method for determining whether a probe is specific for a tumor antigen associated antibodies nucleic acid utilizes a Southern blot (or Dot blot) using DNA
prepared from one ~r more tumor antigen associated antibodies. Briefly, to identify a target specific probe DNA is isolated from the tumor antigen associated antibodies. Test DNA is transferred to a solid (e.g., charged nylon) matrix.
The probes are labeled following conventional methods. Following denaturation and/or prehybridization steps known in the art, the probe is hybridized to the immobilized DNAs under stringent conditions. Stringent hybridization conditions will depend on the probe used and can be estimated from the calculated Tm (melting temperature) of the hybridized probe (see, e.g., Sambrook for a description of calculation of the T"~.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9~srasazs pcr~~oo3si SS , For radioactively-labeled DNA or Rl~fA probes an example of stringent hybridization conditions is hybridization in a solution containing denatured probe and Sx SSC at 65°C for 8-24 hours followed by washes in O. lx SSC, O.I%
SDS
(sodium dodecyl sulfate) at 50-65 °C. In general, the temperature and salt concentration are chosen so that the post hybridization wash occurs at a temperature that is about S ° C below the 'CM of the hybrid. Thus for a particular salt concentration the temperature may be selected that is 5 ° C below the TM or conversely, for a particular temperature., the salt concentration is chosen to provide a TM for the hybrid that is 5 ° C; warmer than the wash temperature.
Following stringent hybridization and washing, a probe that hybridizes to the tumor antigen associated antibodies , as evidenced by the presence of a signal associated with the appropriate target and the absence of a signal from the non-target nucleic acids, is identified . It is further appreciated that in determining probe specificity and in utilizing the method of this invention to detect tumor antigen specific antibodies, a certain amount of background signal is typical and can easily be distinguished by one of skill fiom a specific signal. Two fold signal over background is acceptable.
This invention is further illustrated in the Experimental Details section which follows. This section is set forth to aid in. an understanding of the invention but is not intended to, and should not be construed to, limit in any way the invention as set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
EXPERIMENTAL DETAILS:
EXAMPLE 1: EARLY DETECTION OF OVARIAN AND BREAST
CANCER
Methods and Materials:
Antibodies extracted from breast cancer tumors, which were bound to tumor cells, have been shown to bind to a Niucin, specifically Muc-1, molecule.
Further analysis showed that it the antibody binds to the protein core/backbone SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»ZZ8~25 PCTlB.971~00381 of Mucin-1. No genetic mutations were found in the protein sequence for Mucin-1. The behavior of a normal protein (non mutated) as a foreign antigen was attributed to the deglycosylation of the protein core. Deglycosylation of the protein core may be the reason that Mucin-1 is reconginzed as a foreign antigen.
The peptides P 1-P3 were designed to cover the immunodominant epitope of the tandem repeat of Mucin-1 which has several configurations and is common to both breast cancer and ovarian cancer. The peptides that have been used were derived from the tandem repeat of the MUC-1.
OC-P1 = SGSGHGVTSAPDTR-NH2, (SEQ m NO. 1) OC-P2 = SGSGAPDTRPAPGSTAP-NHZ,(SEQ m NO. 2) OC-P3 = IISAWGIL-NHZ (SEQ ID NO. 3) The first two are soluble in water, the last is very hydrophobic and needs very low pll for disloving it. The first two were bound to Biotin on their Ac side (for technical reasons) the third was not. The level of purity of OC-P 1 and OC-P2 is high >95%. OC-P3 is only ~60% pure.
Results:
The cohort from which the preliminary data was collected included 15 women that under went surgery due to suspected OC. Control samples (n=21 ) were made available from the blood donor services. Antibodies were looked for both in serum (IBTs) and in supernatant fluids (IBTc) following culture of lymphocytes for 6-7 days. Three peptides used were designed based on the published sequences of MUC-1 and HER-2neu.
As can be seen in Table 1, based on histopathological findings, 11/1 S were found to be malignant. None of the controls had any reaction in the serum or after in vitro culture to any of the three peptides. IBTs and IBTc showed reactivity against at least one peptide in 10/11 cases. When the assays were combined, 11/11 (100%) were antibody positive. All 4 benign cases were IBTs positive, but only one sample was (weakly) positive using IBTc. Though the number of SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2»5 PCTlIL97100381 individuals tested is too small for large scale statistical analysis and predictions, the data seems to indicated that by using both assays all tumors could be identified via peptide specific antibodies providing a convenient and practical tool for testing in populations at high risk for OC. The fact that only 1/4 benign cases were IBTc positive while 10/ 1 '.l did so in the malignant cases could indicate that the IBTc might help in the discrimination of benign versus malignant cases.
Table 1. Diagnostic value of the new IBT by diagnostic grading.
TEST SYSTEM CANCEP; BENIGN NORMAL
IBTs (using serum)~ 10/11 4/4 0/21 IBTc (using culture)10/11 1/4 0/21 IBTs + IBTc 11/11 4/4 0/21 Blood samples were collected from patients undergoing surgery for suspected OC, and from healthy blood donors. Grading was done on the basis of histopathological findings.
Discussion:
The immune responses test for (antibodies) are antigen specific. The antigens chosen for the screen determine the specificity of the test to cancer or to any specific cancer (breast in this case). It has been repeatedly shown that there is a cross reactivity between ovarian and breast cancer, and that some antigens, such as MUC-1, can be used for detection of both. The cross-reactivity is attributed to the fact that both cancers are hormonal sensitive by the same hormones.
Other examples of cancer antigens include HERneu2 in Breast cancer. Women at high risk for BC (in familial BC for example) are able to show, through longitudinal studies that the appearance (or rise) in antibodies against HERneu2 precedes detection by mammography an.d/or physical examination by hand.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9812625 PCT/8.971~00381 58 , EXAMPLE 2:
The present invention provides a simple and early initial screening or detection of a tumor in a subject via the immune system. As the tumor grows, its suppresive effect on the immune system becomes stronger, thus active secretion of antibodies might be very low or even barely detectable. The present invention uncovers the potential of the humoral arm of the immune system which enables detection of the tumor specific antibodies even if production of antibodies are suppressed in vivo. Therefore, acting as a warning signal.
Methods:
Blood and tissue samples (tumor) were taken with consent from ovarian cancer patients. The patients were all women that underwent surgery. Where applicable cystic fluid was colleted.
Whole blood and separated plasma and PBMC were used for the study. Cells were put into culture for 4-6 days with RPMI complete media and 1:200 pokeweed mitogen (PWM) in a 37 C COZ incubator. The samples were later tested for antibody anti the peptide using standard peptide ELISA (lug/well peptide, blocked by BSA).
Results The results are recorded as O.D. readings of the ELISA. Each mark or letter (h=healthy or c=cancer) is one sample tested. The statistical analysis is based on a 95% confidence interval.
Figure 1: P3 - One dimensional analysis The sample distribution of the O.D. results in two groups c=cancer, h=healthy.
As demonstrated there is a trend for higher and more specific sensitivity against the peptide among the cancer patients. However, one dimensional analysis does not appear to be a sufficient as an indicator of the patients having cancer at this size sample.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 985 PGTIIL971i00381 5'9 Figure 2: P3 and P2 - Two dimensional analysis One run of both peptides. The computer was able to frame (x:.5; y:.52) the normal (=healthy) samples (3-5 known high positive controls at a range of 0.6 -0.65 O.D. were run together with 3-5 known negative sample controls at a range of 0.25-0.3 O.D., which are not shown in Figure 2) By doing so only very few cancer samples were considered normal and visa versa.
Figure 3A-3B: P2 and P 1 and P3 - two dimensional analysis The samples studied were run at groups of <100 each. Two-dimensional analysis of two different peptide ELISAs tun on the same set of samples.
Figures 3A of p2 and p3 and Figures 3B of p 1 anti p3 shows that a clear line devides the h=healthy patients from the c=cancer patients. The patients to the right of the line are those in which the immunologic profile indicates the presence of ovarian or breast cancer. While, patients to the left of the line indicates a patient is healthy. The ratio between the O.D. reading of pI and p3 or p2 and p3 determines the diagnosis.
Table 2. Results of three dimensional linear classification Group Classified into group.
Re-substitution Cross-Validation Normal Benign Cancer Normal Benign Cancer 48 Normal 41 - 7 0 40 8 0 56 Benign 2 32 22 3 25 28 38 Cancer 2 14 32 2 16 20 Table 2 shows the linear classification of the combined 3 peptides. As demonstrated there is a high resolution using both methods of statistical calculation.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo pcr~~oo3si Prostate specific tumor antigen (PSA) rises markedly due to the tumor growth.
It is not clear whether there are tumor antigenic / tumor antigenic differences between the PSA in the serum in normal levels and the PSA produced by the 5 tumor or because of it. Based on other examples (such as the MUC-1 in breast cancer) there could be such dii~erences. Then the detection of antibodies against it could serve as a follow-up of PSA from serum of prostate cancer patients will be used as tumor antigen peptides/segments form it, or cells from a cell line from the tumor...).
Sera and supernatant fluid from new method cultures will be tested for PSA
specific reactivity. It is expected that there will be higher antibody levels in the serum of some of the patients then in the population of normal controls, but a much higher proportion of them will have anti PSA antibodies in the culture fluid.
Virus encoded tumor antigens from tumor inducing viruses (both DNA and RNA
viruses, even though these tumor antigens are more commonly found with relation to RNA viruses as far as expression of the cell membrane.
For example gp70 (which is also found on chemically induced tumors) from the virus envelope glycoprotein. Purified gp70 will be used as tumor antigen (or defined peptides/segments form it, or infected cells expressing it). Sera and supernatant fluid form new method cultures will be tested for gp70 specific reactivity. It is expected that there will be higher antibody levels in the serum of some of the patients than in the population of normal controls, but a much higher proportion of them will have anti gp70 antibodies in the culture fluid.
EXAMPLE 4. MULTIPLE TUMOR ANTIGEN ASSAY
3C An tumor antigen (on some type of a carrier) is inside the tube during the incubation period of the culture (blood culture). The presence of the tumor antigen serves mainly as a "detector" and "binder" (for ligand) for the tumor SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~28~5 PCT/B~'11~00381 antigen specific antibodies that are present (or-being produced) in the culture. It could also serve at the same time as a specific stimulator (specific}of the specific segment of the immune process that is taking place in the tube.
The tumor antigen may be in the tube prior to blood drawn in (or cells added) or added at any time-point during the culture. (Thus it could be in contact during the culture:days, hours or minutes). Thc: tumor antigen can be attached to (or bound to): 1 ) The tube itself either above the level of the culture liquid, at the level of the culture liquid, or below the level of the culture liquid; 2) bound to a nitrocellulose strip; 3)bound to any synthetic carrier (plastic of all sorts);
4) bound to beads, microspheres, etc; 5) be part of a "dry chemistry" (or more exact "dry immunochemistry" system [closed or open]). The surfaces of all the above, (especially beads), can be smooth or grooved or in any other form of shape that will increase its surface area.
The tumor antigen can be bound to all the above carriers directly or via carriers, "arms" and other methods that put a distance between the Ag and the "carrier's"
surface. The tumor antigen can be applied to the "carrier" at any shape or size:
ring around the tube, a line, a dot, a shape of a + or + or P or any other letter or shape.
The tumor antigen can be attached to l:he Garner at one given concentration or at several concentrations, (either as discreet "sites" or as a continuous (or gradient). The tumor antigen can be a i:ew tumor antigens - as more than one tumor antigen can be applied to one tube (or carrier or bead or beads, etc.).
The different tumor antigens can be applied. together (as a mixture) or in groups or individually. When applied to more than one spot, they can be applied using the same shape of mark or using a different one for each tumor antigen.
The detection of the antibodies that bind to the tumor antigen can be done by any of the "developing" and detection systems that are known to date (or that will be found later. The developing reagents c;an be in the tube initially or added at a SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 981Z1~5 PCT/B.97N0381 later time. A very simple method will be to finish the development stage towards the end of the culture period or after the end of it all together. The development is either by direct binding of "tagged" antibodies or by competition assays. T
he "tag" can be an enzyme, a metal, a color colloid, (or fluorescent, luminescent etc.) EXAMPLE 5:
Alloantibodies:
Even after the most careful matching of blood types for blood transfusions the donor may elicit an immune response against some minor histocompatibility antigens, thus alloantibodies will be formed. In most cases this phenomenon does not have major pathological effects. In some patients the response is strong and can cause hemolysis of the donor's blood putting the recipient at greater danger.
These alloantibodies disappear months after the transfi~sion making the next 1 S blood matching for the same individual patient inadequate (the two blood are mixed in vitro to detect adverse reactions but if the antibodies are not there any more the two blood will appear compatible). If the person carries the memory for producing the alloantibodies these will emerge shortly and possibly be lethal shortly after the second transfixsion, putting his/her life at risk.
Using the new culture method a sample of the recipient's blood is cultured and the supernatant fluid is tested for its reactivity with the proposed blood units, thus enabling the choice of units that will not lyse or cause any other damage in vivo.
EXAMPLE 6:
To increase the chances of a transplanted tissue or organ to survive and to be accepted by the recipient two parameters are dealt with in parallel: 1. the immune system is suppressed prior to the transplantation and following it. 2. The tissues are matched in the best way possible. Two main methods for matching : 1.
Antigenic / structural, i.e. major and minor transplantation antigens are identified and the best match sought after. 2. Biological / immunological i.e. testing in vitro SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 25) WO 9822»5 PCTIB.97Ii00.~81 the reaction of the blood (or its components the leukocytes and the plasma) of the recipients with the cells of the donor.
Since much of the antibody repertoire: of the immune system is not active and S secreted in a given time much of the potential humoral response to the transplant cannot be seen by the existing methods. The new culture method exposes these antibodies and testing the culture-supernatant or cells in vitro with the donor's cells can expose dangers prior to the final choice of donor and rejection in vivo that could be stronger the original anticipated and prepared against.
EXAMPLE 7: DETECTION OF ANTIBODIES TO H. PYLORI
Correct interpretation of antibody patterns in seropositive individuals is important in understanding the immunodominan:t epitope mapping. Individuals exposed to an antigen usually mount a broad hunaoral immune response to many antigens.
Early detection of exposure to antigens or the confirmation of the exposure is possible based on this assay.
Strains of Helicobacter pylori have been associated with type B chronic gastritis and may play an etiologic role in peptic ulcer disease. Moreover, recent evidence suggests a role for H. pylori in the development of gastric carcinoma. Methods for detecting infection by H. pylori include the use of a urea breath test and detection of anti-H.pylori antibodies in patients' sera by techniques such as immunofluorescence, latex agglutination, and complement fixation assays.
However, the most commonly used systems are those based on the enzyme-linked imlnunosorbent assay (ELISA.). Most ELISA systems use antigens prepared from whole-cell protein extracts (acid-glycine or whole-cell sorzicates).
This bacteria has many antigenic / immunogenic epitopes or structures. The whole bacteria, or some of its proteins., carbohydrates, mucins, or peptides can serve as antigen for the antibody detection. H. pylori strains originally isolated from U. S. patients are disrupted by sonication. After centrifugation, the supernatants are pooled and plated in 0.05 M carbonate buffer (pH 9.6) onto flat-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~zs rcriam~oo3si bottomed microtiter wells (Immulon-2, Dynatech Laboratories, Alexandria, Va. ) as test antigen.
Antibodies to H.pylori can be measured separately for IgG, IgA, , IgE, IgD, and IgM by an enzyme immunoassay method. The absorbance readings can be converted to reciprocals of the end-point titers. The high- molecular-weight, cell-associated antigen preparation contains at least two proteins in the molecular-weight range of 400,000-700,000. Thus looking for an antibody (or antibodies) against Helicobacter pylori means using the whole immunogen or segments (peptides) of it as the antigen for the detection systems and tests.
The presents of antibodies against H. pylori is an indication of a peptic ulcer background that which would lead to proper treatment of H. pylori infection thus enabling the healing of the mucosal lining of the digestive system.
EXAMPLE 8: EARLY DETECTION OF ANTIBODIES OF HTLV
Method and Materials:
Heparinized blood samples from blood bank donors in were used in this experiment. One ml. Of blood was mixed with 2 ml. Of complete media and the mitogens. Tubes were cultured in 37 ° c humidified C02 incubator. The culture fluid was tested for the presence of virus-1 specific antibodies using commercial ELISA. The results are O.D. readings. The control readings were Neg:0.006, pos;0.370.
Results:
Table 1: Serology versus the new test for HTLV-1 antibodies:
Serology New-test 1. <0.030 0.230*
2. <0.030 0.070 3. <0.030 0.160 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 982»5 PCTIIIg771~0~381 4. 0.054 C1.300*
5. <0.030 0.102 6. <0.030 0.043 7. <0.030 0..052 8. <0.030 0.090 9. 0.048 0.311 10. <0.030 0.1?0*
OF A SUBJECT WITH CANCER AND KIT
BACKGROUND OF THE INYENTICI~, Currently available diagnostics for subjec~~ts having cancer includes assays based on recombinant protein and/or synthetic peptide-based antibody assays, and gene amplification techniques. The present vivention provides a simple and early initial screening or detection of a tumor in a subject via the immune system.
Cancer or tumor cells emerge from the "normal" flora of cells in the body (both human and any other animals known to have tumors). Becoming cancerous/tumorigenic involves cellular <;hanges. While these changes start off as mutations in the genetic code of the cells, the changes in the behavior of the cell stem from changes in protein expression levels. As the tumor grows, its suppresive effect on the immune system becomes stronger, thus active secretion of antibodies might be very low or even barely detectable.
Structures that are unique to the tumor cell. are "tumor antigens". Structures that are not unique to the tumor cell yet might be expressed differently or in access amounts on it are considered "tumor associated antigens". Sometimes it is the "coating" of the protein with carbohydrates or lipids that determines its antigenicity. If we take for example the 1VIUCIN from the mammary glands, the protein does not change in the tumor cell, yet antibodies are found against it in patients with breast cancer (and sometimes ovarian cancer too). The reason for it, most probably, is that the protein in tree normal cell is not exposed at all due to a dense and thick coat of carbohydrate chains (ie. the protein is very heavily glycosylated). In the tumor cell glycosylation is incomplete thus leading to newly exposed protein seduences that serve (or can serve) as new antigens to the immune system. The present invention uncovers the potential of the humoral arm SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 981~Z5 PCTId9'11~0381 of the immune system which enables detection of the tumor specific antibodies even if production of antibodies are suppressed in vivo.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to an improved assay for detecting a subject with cancer or infected with carcinogenic virus. This invention is contemplated for use as: I ) a diagnostic to determine if an individual has cancer; 2) a prognostic indicator, 3) a method to monitor the effectiveness of anti-cancer treatment (or the effectiveness of a new potential anti-cancer drugs or agents); 4) a method to determine re-occurrence after removal or therapy of a tumor in a subject; and 5) a method to detect and quantitate cancer in assays in clinical and research laboratories.
The present invention is useful as a screening assay for the detection of a tumor and a subject having a tumor or cancer in a subject. Antibodies derived are used for enhanced imaging and therapy.
This invention provides an i~r vitro method for the detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to a tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); wherein the presence of tumor associated antibodies is indicative of the subject having cancer.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
FIGURE 1: P3 - One dimensional analysis.
FIGURE 2: P3 and P2 - Two dimensional analysis SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98f~25 PCT/B9?In0381 FIGURES 3A-3B: P1 and P3, P2 and P3 - Two dimensional analysis FIGURES 4A-4F: Detection of SI'V specific antibodies in seronegative mangabeys. Figure 4A shows that the level of O.D.
S reading on ELISA (post culture) can differentiate between true negative) seropositive, and "silent infection/exposure". Figures 4B-4F are a ratio of O.D.
sample/O.D. negative control.
IO DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THI: INVENTION
The present invention relates to an improved assay for detecting a subject with cancer or infected with carcinogenic virus. This invention is contemplated for use as: 1) a diagnostic to determine if a~z individual has cancer; 2) a prognostic indicator, 3 ) a method to monitor the eflFectiveness of anti-cancer treatment (or 15 the effectiveness of a new potential anti-cancer drugs or agents); 4) a method to determine re-occurrence after removal or' therapy of a tumor in a subject; and 5) a method to detect and quantitate cancer in assays in clinical and research laboratories.
20 This invention provides an in vitro method for the detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole. blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,so as to induce polyclonal and specific 25 activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step (b) to a tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step (c) wherein the presence of tumor associated antibodies is indicative of the subject having cancer.
' 30 In one embodiment, a sample of leucocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presencc: of a media containing a mitogen with SUBSTITUTE SWEET (RULE 26) WO PCTlIL9'fIi00381 or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonaI and specific activation of lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of iymphocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of PBMC is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells.
Types of cancer/neoplasms include but are not limited to: myeloid leukemia such as chronic myelogenous leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia; malignant lymphoma such as Burkitt's and Non-Hodgkin's;
Lyrnphocytic leukemia such as acute lyrnphoblastic leukemia and chronic Iymphoblastic leukemia; meninigioma; adenomas; adenocarcinomas such as small cell lung, kidney, uterous, prostate, bladder, ovary, colon; sarcomas such as liposarcoma, myxoid, synovial sarcoma, Ewing's tumor, alveolar, Wilm's tumor, neuroblastoma, testicular dysgerminoma, retinoblastoma, and melanoma.
Breast cancer as used herein means any tumor from any type of tissue found in the breast. Ovarian cancer as used herein means any tumor from any type of tissue found in the ovary. As defined herein "tumor antigen associated antibody"
means antibodies directed at tumor antigens or tumor associated antigens.
In one embodiment the specific antibodies producing cells are detected. The culture of step b) may result in a supernatant, and the supernatant may be exposed to a tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form. Also, leukocytes or cellular fraction of the culture may be used and antibodies producing cells detecting expanded, cloned and immortalized.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9&2285 PCT/B971i00~381 5.
In one embodiment, tumor antigens include but are not limited to: MUC-1, HERneu2, BrCal, p53, Her-2-c-neu (AcIISAWGIL-NH2), Carcinomembrionic antigen, prostate specific antigen, TAG-~72, CA15-3, CA549, BA46, mammary serum antigen, mucinous carcinoma antigen, PEM peptide antigen, MUC 1 glycosylation site peptide, MUC 1 glycosylation site peptide glycosylated, MUC
core tandem repeat peptide, MUC2 core tandem repeat peptide, MUC3 core tandem repeat peptide, MUCSAC peptide, SI1VIA, Lewis X antigen, Sialyl Lewis X antigen (BSA conjugate), I antigen(Ga11,4, GIcNAc, 1,3 Gal-R), T antigen, TN
antigen (OSM) Sialyl Tn antigen. Antibodies can be looked at for either against "naked" antigens or against the connplexes they form with products of transforming genes.
Tumor antigens that are needed for the detection of tumor specific antibodies can be in several forms: a) the whole cell (c~f a tumor), can serve as the antigen; b) cellular membranes the product of which c;an be used as antigens; c) the sequence of unique tumor structure or proteins (or segments of it} can be inserted via vectors to other producing entities (cells, bacteria, yeast, phage), and then individual proteins and structures will be produced; d) if the amino acid sequences of the tumor specific proteins are known, peptide that are fragments of the whole protein (or the whole protein itself) can be biochemicaliy synthesized and used and antigen; and e) isolated from serum or other body fluid with high titre .
Most induced or transplanted experimental animal tumors immunize recipients against subsequent challenge with the same tumor but not against transplantation of normal tissues or other tumors. TAAs are particularly well demonstrated by chemical carcinogen-induced tumors, v~rhich tend to have individually specific antigens that vary from tumor to tumor., even with tumors induced by the same carcinogen; and by viral-induced tumors, which tend to show cross-reactivity between tumors induced by a given virus. Viral infections may result in "modified self ' ; ie, new antigens recog~uzed along with or in the context of the major histocompatibility complex.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCT/1Q.97100381 Tumor antigens are formed by: ( 1 ) new genetic information introduced by a virus; (2) alteration of genetic function by carcinogens, possibly through activation of a proto-oncogene, by which genetic material that is normally inactive (except perhaps during embryonic development) is activated to an oncogene and becomes expressed in the cell phenotype; {3) uncovering the antigens that are normally present on normal cells or "buried" in the cell membrane, through the inability of neoplastic cells to synthesize membrane constituents (eg, sialic acid); and (4) release of antigens that are normally sequestered in the cell or its organelles, through the death of neoplastic cells.
Techniques to demonstrate TAAs in animal tumors include standard tissue transplantation methods, immunoffuorescence, cytotoxicity tests using dye uptake or radioisotope release, prevention of tumor growth in vitro or in vivo by exposing the tumor to lymphoid cells or sera from immunized donors, delayed hypersensitivity skin tests, and lymphocyte transformation in vitro.
Evidence for TAAs in human malignant tumors has been shown with several neoplasms, including Burkitt's lymphoma, neuroblastoma, malignant melanoma, osteosarcoma, and some GI carcinomas. Choriocarcinomas in women possess paternally derived histocompatibility antigens that may serve as "tumor-specific"
antigens in eliciting an immune response. The complete cure of choriocarcinomas by chemotherapy may be attributable, at least in part, to such an immune response. Unfortunately, although they may possess TAAs, apparently not all human tumors are antigenic in the host.
Thus any structure that appears to the immune system as new can be considered as a tumor antigen. Another general example of a normal protein appearing and serving as a new antigen for the immune system is that of normal proteins appearing in new context, such as embryonic proteins on mature (or adult) cells.
Then the new epitopes would be in the interface between the two structures, an interface that forms new forms and structures for the immune system to see and react to.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 95 PCT/II~'11~00381 Tumor-Associated Antigen (TAAs) are antigens associated with tumor cells that are also present on normal cells but in less amount or at different phase of a subjects life, i.e. embryonic proteins.
This invention provides a method of detecting a subject with a tumor , comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) treating the cells so as to recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with aingle-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to an tumor antigen , under hybridizing conditions; and e) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the subject having cancer.
The cells of step c) may be treated so as to expose nucleic acid sequences of the cell. Methods of exposure are known to those skilled in the art. Alternatively the resulting nucleic acid sequences of step d) may be amplified by a pair of primers which hybridizes to the nucleic acid sequence so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product. Amplification product may be detected.
In another embodiment primers contact the resulting nucleic acid sequences capable of hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence at the edge of the variable region, under hybridizing conditions and specifically detected. Primers and probes of tumor antigens and tumor as;;ociated antibodies are known to those skilled in the art.
This invention provides a method of deteci:ing a subject with a tumor, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media SUBSTITUTE SF1EET (RULE 26) wo 9sn~s rc~riarr~lo3si s containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) - treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to a tumor antigen , under hybridizing conditions; a ) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; f) treating any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences therefrom; g) contacting any resulting single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with such the tumor antigen associated antibodies antibody, under hybridizing conditions; h) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detectably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the labeled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and i) detecting the presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereof being indicative of the subject having cancer.
This invention provides for the collection of the interface layer, also known as the buffy coat (with varying volumes of red cells and plasma) prior to incubation with the mitogen with or without antigen, thereby putting in culture a part of the blood-sample-volume that is enriched in leukocytes. Methods of leukocyte enrichment are known to those skilled in the art. For example, one may directly suction of the huffy coat as the middle layer in the tube or remove first most of the plasma volume and then take the huffy-coat with the remaining plasma. In the alternative, one may lyse the red cells, centrifi~ge and collect the leukocytes from the bottom.
In one embodiment the method comprises the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) allowing the whole blood sample to separate into a plurality of component layers including an interface layer; c) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~Z5 PCT/B9'11~OOCi81 collecting the interface layer from the whole blood sample d) incubating the interface layer in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody ;production; e) exposing the resultant culture of step d) to an antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; f) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step; e) wherein the presence of virus specific antibodies is indicative of the subject being exposed to the antigen.
In one embodiment the method comprises the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b;l allowing the whole blood sample to separate into a plurality of component layers including an interface layer; c) collecting the interface layer from the whole blood sample; d) incubating the interface layer in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B
lymphocytic cells and viral replication; e;) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic sequences; f) contacting th.e resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple Pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the human immunodeficiency virus, under hybridizing conditions; g} amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pari of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; h) treating- any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with the human immunodeficiency virus, under hybridizing conditions; j) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detectably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the la~ieled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and k) detecting the presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereofbeing indicative of the presence of the human immunodeficiency virus.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~a~s PCTIB.9'11~00381 to This invention provides a method for the detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies , comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the tumor antigen associated antibody ; d) performing reverse transcription of an RNA of a tumor antigen associated antibodies in a sample to produce a DNA
copy; e) performing polymerase chain reaction amplification of the DNA to produce a plurality of DNA copies; f) performing hybridization of the DNA
copies to a plurality of complementary DNA probes to detect the DNA content of the sample; thereby detecting tumor antigen associated antibodies .
This invention provides a method for amplifying a target RNA sequence in a sample, comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a nlitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the tumor antigen associated antibody; d) treating the sample in a reaction mixture comprising a first and second primer, wherein the first primer is sufficiently complementary to the target RNA to hybridize therewith and initiate synthesis of a cDNA sequence complementary to the target RNA,-~nd the second primer is sufficiently homologous to the target RNA to hybridize to the cDNA and initiate synthesis of an extension product, and a thermostable DNA polymerase in the presence of all four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates, in an appropriate buffer, wherein the buffer comprises Mn+2 , at a temperature sufficient for the thermostable DNA polymerase to initiate synthesis of an extension product of the first primer to provide a cDNA sequence complementary to the target RNA; e) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature to provide single-stranded cDNA; f) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature for the thermostable DNA polymerase to initiate synthesis of an SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sn~zs rc~rm.~AO3si extension product of the second primer to provide a double-stranded cDNA
sequence; and g) amplifying the double-stranded cDNA sequence of step e) by a polymerase chain reaction. In a preferred embodiment, the buffer comprises manganese acetate (also written Mn(OAc)2 or Mn(CH3 C02}2), Bicine-KOH
(Bicine is N,N-Bis(2-Hydroxyethyl)glycine:), and potassium acetate (also written KOAc or KCH3C02).
The present invention also contemplates labeling methods wherein the oligonucleotide probe sequences have at least one label attached or integrated i 0 into its structure. Labels are generally intE:nded to facilitate the detection of the tumor antigen. Labels are chosen from the group consisting of enzymes, fluorophores, high-affinity conjugates, chemiphores and radioactive atoms ("radiolabels"). While other labels may be used, the present invention contemplates: 1 ) the enzymes alkaline phosphatase, beta -galactosidase and glucose oxidase; 2) the affinity conjugate system of biotin-avidin; 3) the fluorophore that is fluorescein; 4) the chemiphore that is luminol; and 5) the preferred radiolabels 3H, 14C and 32P.
This invention provides a method of dE;tecting a subject with a tumor , comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b} incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an specific tumor antigen associated antibody, thereby allowing an antibody- tumor antigen immune complex to form; d) detecting the antibody- tumor antigen immune complex of step c);
wherein the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies is indicative of the subject having ovarian or breast cancer.
In one embodiment, the culture of step b) results in a supernatant, and the supernatant is exposed to a speci&c tumor antigen associated antibody, thereby allowing an antibody- tumor antigen immune complex to form.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZT,8~5 PCT/IL9'f100381 This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific tumor antigen associated antibodies from a subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific tumor antigen associated antibody. It is contemplated that there may be multiple detection assays for a number of different antibodies which bind to a multitute of antigens that are bound to the container containing the media.
In one embodiment, a sample of leucocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of lymphocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of PBMC is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. Single or multiple antigens may be bound to the container.
In accordance with the present invention, a blood sample is drawn into a test tube, such as a vacutube, containing an effective concentration of a solution of a mitogen with or without antigen, such as pokeweed mitogen and relevant tumor antigen and peptide. The blood sample to be tested is cultured in vitro in the presence of the pokeweed mitogen. Other activators of B lymphocytic cells or the humoral system which leads to antibody production or secretion and activators of the Th2 type immune response may be used in place of or in addition to the pokeweed mitogen to achieve the same function. After incubation, an aliquot is taken from the fluid and is then assayed for the presence of desired tumor antigen associated antibodies using standard -ELISA
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 985 PCT/B.97h00381 13~
procedures and/or Western Blot analysis. If the sample is to be assayed at a later date, the blood may be centrifuged and the supernatant fluid may be collected, frozen and stored. Results may be verified utilizing the technique of polymerase chain reaction (PCR)/FACS. The cellula~~ fractions in the container may be used S in PCR or ELISPOT. Other methods for detecting antibodies are known to those skilled in the art.
The method of the present invention includes optionally separating the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood so that the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies can be determined. The separation of the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood can be done by any of several methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including centrifugation, filtration or density gradient. It is to be understood, that the blood cells do not need to be physically separated from the fluid. After incubation of the whole blood with the mitogen with or without antigen, fluid from the blood can easily be extracted and tested for tumor antigen associated antibody. Optionally, the red blood cells can be lysed either by mild osmotic shock or v~rith a mild detergent. In this way, the white blood cells remain viable.
In one embodiment, of the present invention, whole blood is collected in a blood collection tube containing culture medium and mitogen with or without antigen.
The blood samples are then incubated with an approximately 1:500 final dilution of pokeweed mitogen at a concentration of 2x 106 viable lymphocytes per ml for 1-12 days at 37°C in a 7% COZ humidified atmosphere. The blood may be centrifuged and the supernatant fluid is collected immediately and assayed within approximately 1-12 hours or frozf;n. later for testing for reactive specific antibodies by ELISA/ELISPOT and/or Western blot techniques. In the alternative, an aliquot of fluid or cells or cellular components may be taken directly from the sample.
The present invention also includes a kit comprising a blood collection container containing an effective concentration of mitogen with or without antigen therein.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9815 PCT/8.971~00381 The container can optionally contain a culture medium. The preferred container is a test tube. The blood collection container can be plastic, glass, or any other material that is compatible with culturing blood. It is to be understood that the present invention also includes blood containing means other then a blood collection tube including, but not limited to, microtiter plates containing wells in which the blood can be incubated, tissue culture flasks, glass flasks such as an Erlenmeyer flask, and any other container in which the blood can be cultured.
Tumor antigen associated antibody which specifically bind specific tumor antigen are known to those skilled in the art. Further, antibodies may be used as tags to bind to the tumor antigen. In one embodiment, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another embodiment the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
This invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide having the amino acid sequence SGSGHGVTSAPDTR (SEQ. ID. No. 1). This invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide having the amino acid sequence SGSGAPDTRPAPGSTAP (SEQ. m. No. 2}. This invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide having the amino acid sequence IISAWGIL (SEQ. II3. No. 3 ). This invention provides a tag on the nucleic acids for binding to surfaces.
This invention provides a nucleic acid sequence of at least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridising with a sequence of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ.
B7 NOs. 1,2, or 3.
This invention provides an antibody directed to peptide SGSGHGVTSAPDTR
(SEQ ID NO. 1), SGSGAPDTRPAPGSTAP, (SEQ ID NO. 2), or IISAWGIL
(SEQ ID NO. 3). In one embodiment, the antibody may a monoclonal or polyclonal. The antibody may be tagged. In another embodiment this invention provides a ligand which binds to the peptide.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo ~snz~s This invention also provides a method oi-." imaging ovarian or breast cancer in a subject which comprises administering to the subject at least one antibody directed against the peptide of SEQ. ID. NO. 1, 2, or 3, capable of binding to the cell surface of the cancer cell and labeled W th an imaging agent under conditions 5 so as to form a complex between the monoclonal antibody and the cell surface antigen. This invention further provides a composition comprising an e#fective imaging amount of the antibody directed against the peptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Knowledge of the antibodies to the peptide sequence is useful for treatment, i.e.immunotoxin therapy or diagnostic either in 10 vitro, i. e. immunohistochmistry or in-vivo diagnostic use, i. e.
radiolabelling for targeting with toxins.
The kit can detect the presence of an tumor antigen associated antibody specifically reactive with a tumor antigen or an immunoreactive fragment 15 thereof. The kit can include an tumor antigen bound to a substrate, a secondary tumor antigen reactive with the antibody and a reagent for detecting a reaction of the secondary tumor antigen with the antibody. Such a kit can be an antibody capture assay kit, such as an ELISA kit, and can comprise the substrate, primary and secondary antibodies when appropriate, and any other necessary reagents such as detectable moieties, enzyme substrates and color reagents as described above. The antibody capture diagnostic k:it can, alternatively, be an immunoblot kit generally comprising the components and reagents described herein. The particular reagents and other components included in the diagnostic kits of the present invention can be selected from those available in the art in accord with the specific diagnostic method practiced in the kit. Such kits can be used to detect the antibody in biological samples, such as tissue and bodily fluid before and after culture obtained from a subject.
This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific tumor antigen associated antibody from a subject, comprising: a vacuum sealed container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I2Z8~5 PGT/8.97/i00381 specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of one or more tumor associated antibodies.
In the present invention, detecting the reaction of the ligand with the tumor antigen can be further aided, in appropriate instances, by the use of a secondary antibody or other ligand which is reactive, either specifically with a different epitope or nonspecifically with the ligand or reacted antibody.
This invention provides a method of diagnosing a subject with cancer which comprises: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytes; c) obtaining a nucleic acid sequence from lymphocytes; d) contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a labeled nucleic acid sequence of at 1 S least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridizing with the isolated DNA, under hybridizing conditions; and e) determining the presence of the nucleic acid sequence hybridized, the presence of which is indicative of tumor antigen associated antibodies in the subject, thereby diagnosing the subject.
In one embodiment, the DNA sequence from the tumor antigen associated antibodies is amplified before step (b). In another embodiment PCR is employed to amplify the nucleic acid sequence. Methods of amplifying nucleic acid sequences are known to those skilled in the art.
Tumor antigen associated antibodies agent screening assays which determine whether or not a drug may used is contemplated in this invention. Such assays comprise incubating whole blood, lymphocytes, such as B cells, or PBMC with the mitogen with or without antigen and the tumor antigen associated antibodies drug and evaluate whether the cell expresses the tumor antigen associated antibodies and determining therefrom the effect of the compound on the activity of such agent.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo rcr~a.~rao3si The present invention relates to an improved assay for detecting a subject exposed to an antigen. This invention is contemplated for use as: 1 ) a diagnostic to determine if an individual has been e~:posed to an antigen, 2) a prognostic indicator, and 3) a method to monitor the effectiveness of anti-antigen treatment or the effectiveness of a new potential anti-antigen agent.
This invention provides an in vitro method for the detection of antibodies directed against an antigen in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample i;n a culture in the presence of a nutogen with or without antigen containing media,so .as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); wherein the presence of specific antigen antibodies is indicative of the subject being exposed to an antigen.
In one embodiment, a sample of leucocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce po~lyclonal and specific activation of E
lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of lymphocytic cells is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lymphocytic cells. In another embodiment a sample of PBMC is obtained from the subject and incubated in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of B lynlphocytic cells.
In one embodiment, the specific antibodies producing cells are detected. In another embodiment, the culture of step b) results in a supernatant, and the supernatant is exposed to an antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I128~5 PCT/8.971~00381 immune complex to form. In another embodiment the cellular fraction of the culture is used. In another embodiment, leukocytes are used.
This invention further provides a method of detecting a subject exposed to an antigen, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonai and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) treating the cells so as to recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to an antigen, under hybridizing conditions; and e) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the antigen.
The cells of step c) may be treated so as to expose nucleic acid sequences of the cell. Methods of exposure are known to those skilled in the art.
Alternatively, the resulting nucleic acid sequences of step d) are amplified by a pair of primers which hybridizes to the nucleic acid molecule so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product. The amplification product may be detected as well.
In another embodiment, primers contact the resulting nucleic acid sequences capable of hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence at the edge of the variable region, under hybridizing conditions and specifically detected.
This invention also provides a method of detecting a subject exposed to an antigen, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s PCT/lili9"1Ii00.381 sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence, under hybridizing conditions; a ) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; fj treating any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences therefrom; g) contacting any resulting single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to an antigen, under hybridizing conditions; h) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detectably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the labeled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and i) detecting the presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the antigen .
"Antigens" include but are not limited to: immunogens, allergens, carcinogens, alloantigens, self antigens(auto-anitgens), cancer antigens, cancer associated antigens, transplantation antigens, blood group antigens, or pollutants. As defined herein all antigens elicit an immune response. Thus looking for an antibody (or antibodies) against it means that you would use the whole or segments (peptides) of it as the antigen for the detection systems and tests.
The antigen may be proteins, peptides, fragments, disassociated, peptides (of any length); lipoproteins; carbohydrates, such as glycoproteins and glycolipids (both have representatives on the bacteria walls, blood group antigens, and myeloma structures for example); oligosaccharides/ polysaccharides;
lipids/fats;
haptens; and chemicals such as TNP (trinitrophenyl), benzene arsenate, and non-organic compounds.
Helicobacterium pylori, the bacteria that has been implicated as the cause of a large part of the peptic ulcers. This bacteria has many antigenic/antigenic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IY~5 PGT/II9"11~0381 epitopes or structures. The entire bacteria, or some of its proteins, carbohydrates, mucins, or peptides may serve as an antigen for the antibody detection.
This invention also provides a method for amplifying a target RNA sequence in 5 a sample, comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the 10 antibody resulting from exposure to the antigen; d) treating the sample in a reaction mixture comprising a first and second primer, wherein the first primer is sufficiently complementary to the target RNA to hybridize therewith and initiate synthesis of a cDNA sequence complementary to the target RNA, and the second primer is sufficiently homologous to the target RNA to hybridize to the 15 cDNA and initiate synthesis of an extension product, and a thermostable DNA
polymerise in the presence of all four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates, in an appropriate bui~er, wherein the buffer comprises lVln+2 , at a temperature sufficient for the thermostable DNA polymerise to initiate synthesis of an extension product of the first primer to provide a cDNA sequence complementary 20 to the target RNA; e) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature to provide single-stranded cDNA; f) treating the reaction mixture at an appropriate temperature for the thermostable DNA polymerise to initiate synthesis of an extension product of the second primer to provide a double-stranded cDNA sequence; and g) amplifying the double-stranded cDNA
sequence of step e) by a polymerise chain reaction. In a preferred embodiment, the buffer comprises manganese acetate (also written Mn(OAc)2 or Mn(CH3C02)2), Bicine-KOH (Bicine is N,N-Bis(2-Hydroxyethyl)giycine), and potassium acetate (also written KOAc or KCH3C02).
This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific antibodies resulting from exposure to an antigen from a subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9srz~s rc'rm~~oo3si containing mitogen with or without antige;n, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells le:ading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific specific antibodies resulting from exposure to an antigen. The container may be a vacuum sealed container for collecting whole blood samples, and contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production. Sinl;le or multiple antigens may be bound to the container.
In accordance with the present invention, a blood sample is drawn into a test tube, such as a vacutube, containing an effective concentration of a solution of a mitogen with or without antigen, such as pokeweed mitogen. The blood sample to be tested is cultured in vitro in the presence of the pokeweed mitogen.
Other activators of B lymphocytic cells or the humoral system which leads to antibody production or secretion, that activate a Thz type immune response rnay be used in place of or in addition to the pokeweed mitogen to achieve the same function.
After incubation, an aliquot is taken from the fluid and is then assayed for the presence of desired antigen using standard ELISA procedures and/or Western Blot analysis. If the sample is to be assayed at a later date, the blood may be centrifuged and the supernatant fluid may be collected, frozen and stored.
Results may be obtained utilizing any other technique of detection. Cellular fractions may be used with PCR and ELISPOT.
The method of the present invention includes optionally separating the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood so that the presence of antibody can be determined. The separation of the blood cells from the fluid portion of the blood can be done by any of several methods well known to those of ordinary sTcill in the art, including centrifugation, filtration or density gradient. It is to be understood, that the blood cells do not need to be physically separated from the fluid. After incubation of the whole blood with the mitogen with or without antigen, fluid from the blood can easily be extracted and tested for antibody.
SUBSTITUTE Sh~EET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s rcr~~oo3si Optionally, the red blood cells can be lysed either by mild osmotic shock or vvith a mild detergent. In this way, the white blood cells remain viable.
Antigens or antigens which specifically bind specific antibodies of the to antigen are known to those skilled in the art. Further, antibodies may be used as tags to bind to the antigen. In one embodiment the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another embodiment the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
Another method of immunoenzymatic detection of the presence of specific antibodies directed against one or more of the antigens is the Western blot.
The antigens are separated electrophoretically and transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane or other suitable support. The body fluid to be tested is then brought into contact with the membrane and the presence of the immune complexes formed is detected by the method already described. In a variation on this methods, purified antigen is applied in lines or spots on a membrane and allowed to bind. The membrane is subsequently brought into contact with the body fluid before and after culture to be tested and the immune complexes formed are detected using the previously described techniques.
This invention provides a method of diagnosing a subject exposed to an antigen which comprises: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytes cells; c) obtaining a nucleic acid sequence from lymphocytes; d) contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a labeled nucleic acid sequence of at least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridizing with the isolated DNA, under hybridizing conditions; and e) determining the presence of the nucleic acid sequence hybridized, the presence of which is indicative of exposure to an antigen in the subject, thereby diagnosing the subject.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98n2>i23 PCT/8..97/i00381 In the above described methods, a size fractionation may be employed which is effected by a polyacrylamide gel. In one; embodiment, the size fractionation is effected by an agarose gel. Further, transferring the DNA fragments into a solid matrix may be employed before a hybridization step. One example of such solid matrix is nitrocellulose paper.
A method for detecting the specific antibodies produced as a result of infection or exposure of antigen is the use of PC;R and/or dot blot hybridization. The presence or absence of an antigen agent for detection or prognosis, or risk assessment for antigen includes Southern transfers, solution hybridization or non-radioactive detection systems, all of which are well known to those of skill in the art. Hybridization is carried out using probes. Visualization of the hybridized portions allows the quatitatiive determination of the presence or absence of the causal agent.
Antigen agent screening assays which detE;rmine whether or not a drug may used is contemplated in this invention. Such assays comprise incubating whole blood, lymphocytes, such as B cells, or PBMC with the mitogen with or without antigen and the antigen drug and evaluate whether the cell expresses the antigen and determining therefrom the effect of the compound on the activity of such agent.
The present invention relates to an irr~proved assay for detecting a subject infected with virus. This invention is contemplated for use as: 1 ) a diagnostic to determine if an individual has been infectE;d with virus, 2) a prognostic indicator, and 3)a method to monitor the effectiveness of anti-viral treatment (or the effectiveness of a new potential anti-viral drug or agent.
This invention provides an in vitro method for the detection of antibodies directed against a virus in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a wholE; blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,se~ as to induce polyclonal and-specific SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~25 PCT/IIgfI00381 activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an virus antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); wherein the presence of virus specific antibodies is indicative of the subject being exposed to virus.
In one embodiment the specific antibodies producing cells are detected. The culture of step b) may result in a supernatant, and the supernatant may exposed to a virus antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form. Also, leukocytes or cellular fraction of the culture may be used.
This invention provides a method of detecting a subject infected with a virus, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) treating the cells so as to recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence the antibody produced as a result of exposure to virus , under hybridizing conditions; and e) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the virus .
The cells of step c) may be treated so as to expose nucleic acid sequences of the cell. Methods of exposure are known to those skilled in the art. Alternatively the resulting nucleic acid sequences of step d) may be amplified by a pair of primers which hybridizes to the nucleic acid sequence so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product. Amplification product may be detected.
In another embodiment primers contact the resulting nucleic acid sequences capable of hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence at the edge ~of the variable region, under hybridizing conditions and specifically detected.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo ~nzs~s rcr~~oo3si 2 ~~ , This invention provides a method of detecting a subject infected with a virus, comprising the following steps: a) obtaining a whose blood sample from the . subj ect; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) treating the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences; d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with multiple pairs of single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, each such pair being capable of specifically hybridizing with the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody produced as a result of exposure to virus, under hybridizing conditions; a ) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; f) treating any such double-stranded amplification product so as to obtain single-stranded nucleic acid sequences therefrom; g) contacting any resulting single-stranded nucleic acid sequences with a labeled oligonucleotide probes, being capable of specifically hybridizing with such the virus antibody, under hybridizing conditions; h) contacting any resulting hybrids with a detestably marked tag which is capable of specifically forming a complex with the labeled-probe, when the probe is present in such a complex, under complexing conditions; and i) detecting tile presence of any resulting complexes, the presence thereof being indicative of t:he presence of the virus .
Viral antigens that are needed for the detection of virus specific antibodies can be in several forms: a) whole, or inactivated virus which may be dissociated (by sonication, homogenization, detergent, enzymes, and the product can be used as antigens as a group or individually); c) thE; viral sequence (or segments of it) may be inserted via vectors to other producing entities (cells, bacteria, yeast phage), and then individual proteins and structures will be produced; d) peptide fragments of the whole protein (both naked and glycosylated or connected with lipids, Specific peptides either alone or tied/bound/connected/part of/expressed on larger or different particles/bodies/cellslcarriers/surfaces) can be biochemically synthesized and used and antigen; and e) the interface bel;ween the virus and the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 981~2~5 PCT/a.97I~0381 cell or the exact way the viral antigens are expressed on the surface of the infected cell could serve as a specific antigenic epitopes too.
Viruses include but are not limited to: avian encephalomyelitis virus, avian reovirus, avian paramyxovirus, avian influenza virus, avian adenovirus, fowl pox virus, avian coronavirus, avian rotavirus, chick anemia virus (agent), Salmonella spp. E. coli, Pasteurella spp., Bordetella spp.) Eimeria spp., Histomonas spp., Trichomonas spp. , avian encephalomyelitis virus, avian reovirus, avian paramyxovirus, avian influenza virus, avian adenovirus, fowl pox virus, avian coronavirus, avian rotavirus, chick anemia virus (agent), Salmonella spp. E.
coli, Pasteurella spp.) Bordetella spp., Eimeria spp., Histomonas spp., Trichomonas spp., Poultry nematodes, cestodes, trematodes, poultry mites/lice, poultry protozoa.
Viruses of nonhuman primates are included but not limited to: Aotine herpesvirus l, Aotine helpesvirus 3, Cercopithecine herpesvirus 1 (B virus, HV
simiae), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 2 (SA8), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 3 (SA6), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 4 (SA15), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 5 (Afiican green monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 6 (Liverpool vervet monkey virus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 7 ( P a t a s monkey HV; MMV or PHV delta HV), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 8 (Rhesus monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 9 (Medical Lake macaque HV simian varicella Hu) , Cercopithecine herpesvirus 10 (Rhesus leukocyte assoc. HV strain 1 ), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 12 (HV papio, baboon Hue, Cercopithecine herpesvirus 13 (Herpesvirus cyclopis), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 14 (African green monkey EBV-like virus), Cercopithecine herpesvirus 15 (Rhesus EBV-like HV) , Ateline herpesvirus 1 ( Spider monkey 1-iV), Ateline herpesvirus 2 (HV ateles), Callitrichine herpesvirus (HV
saguinus), Callitrichine herpesvirus (SSG, marmoset cytomegalovirus), Cebine herpesvirus 1 (Capuchin HV ), Cebine herpesvirus 2 ( Capuchin HV ), Pongine herpesvirus 1 (Chimpanzee HV; pan HV), Pongine herpesvirus 2 (Orangutan Hue, Pongine herpesvirus 3 (Gorilla HV), Saimiriine herpesvirus 1 (Marmoset SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9~1Z825 PCT/8.87100381 HV, herpes T, HV), tamarinus, HV platyrrhinae, ( type Saimiriine herpesvirus 2) Squirrel monkey HV, and HV sainuri.
Viruses of mammals include but are not limited to: Bovine herpesvirus 1 - 5, S Ovine herpesvirus 1-2, Alcelaphine herpesvirus 1, Parvovirus (including mice minute virus , Aleutian mink disease, bovine parvovirus, canine parvovirus, chicken parvovirus, feline panleukopenia, feline parvovirus, goose parvovirus, HB parvovirus, H-1 parvovirus, Kilham rat lapine parvovirus, mink enteritis) Erythrovirus (including adeno-associated type 1-5, bovine adeno-associated, canine adeno-associated, equine adeno-associated, ovine adeno-associated).
Viruses include but are not limited to: Cauliflower, Badnaviruses, Geminiviruses, Plant Reoviruses, Cryptoviruses, Rhabdoviridae, Tomato Spotted, Tenuiviruses, Tobacco, Potato Virus, Potyviridae, Closteroviruses, Turnip Yellow, Tomato Bushy, Luteoviruses, Sequiviridae, Tobacco, Cowpea, Tobacco, Pean Enation, Red Clover, Brome, Cucumber, AIfaLFa, Barley,Beet Necrotic, dsRNA, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Cryphonectria parasitica, Leishmania, Giardia Lamblia, Trichomonas, Chlorella, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
Further viruses from the following family are included: Baculoviridae and Nudiviruses, Polydnaviridae, Ascovitidae, Nodaviridae Tetraviridae, Tetraviridae, Tombusviridae, Coronaviridae, Flaviviridae, Togaviridae, Bromoviridae, Barnaviridae, Totiviridae, Partitiviridae, Hypoviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filovirid~ae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyaviridae, Arenaviridae, Leviviridae, Picornaviri~dae, Sequiviridae, Comoviridae, Potyviridae, Calciviridae, Astroviridae, Nodaviridae, Inoviridae, Microviridae, Geminiviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Haepadnaviridae, Retroviridae, Cystoviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae, Mvoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Tectiviridae, Corticoviridae, Plasmaviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Fuselloviridae, Poxviridae, African swine fever-like vin.~ses, Iridoviridae, Phycodnaviridae, Baculoviridae, Herpesviridae, Adenoviridae, Papovaviridae, Polydnaviridae, Picornaviridae, Caliciviridae, Astroviridae, Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCT/Q.9"1Ii00381 _ 28 ' Coronaviridae, Arterivirus, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyaviridae, Arenaviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae, Retroviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Papovaviridae, Adenoviridae, Herpesviridae, Poxviridae, Iridoviridae, Viruses include but are not limited to: Marek's disease virus (fowl), Mink Enteritis virus, Minute virus of mice, Mouse hepatitis viruses, Mouse mammary tumor virus, Mouse poliomyelitis virus (Theiler's virus) Mucosal disease virus (cattle), Myxoma virus, Nairobi sheep disease virus, Newcastle disease virus (fowl), orf virus (contagious pustular dermatitis virus), Parainfluenza virus 3, Parainffuenza virus 1 (Sendai virus), Peste-des-petits-ruminants virus (sheep and goats), Pneumonia virus of mice, Progressive penumonia virus of sheep, Psudocowpox virus (milker's nodule virus), Pseudorabies virus, Rabbit hemorrhagic disease virus, Rabies virus, Reoviruses 1-3, Rift Valley fever virus, Rinderpest virus, Rotaviruses of many species, Scrapie agent (sheep and goat), Sheeppox virus, Shope papillomavirus, Simian immunodeficiency viruses, Swine vesicular disease virus, Swinepox virus, Tick-borne encephalitis viruses, Transmissible gastroenteritis virus (swine), Turkey bluecomb virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Vesicular exanthema virus (swine), Vesicular stomatitis virus, Wasting disease of deer and elk, Wesselsbron virus, Western equine encephalitis virus, African horsesickness viruses 1-9, African swine fever virus, Aleutian mink disease virus, Avian reticuloendotheliosis virus, Avian sarcoma and leukosis viruses, B virus (Cercopithecus herpesvirus), Berne virus (horses), Bluetongue viruses 1-25, Border disease virus (sheep), Borna disease virus (horses), Bovine enteroviruses 1-7, Bovine ephemeral fever virus, Bovine immunodeficiency virus, Bovine leukemia virus, Bovine mamillitis virus, Bovine papillomaviruses, Bovine papillomaviruses, Bovine papular stomatitis -virus, B ovine respiratory syncytial virus, Bovine virus diarrhea virus, Breda virus (calves), Canine adenovirus 2, Canine distemper virus, Canine parvovirus, Caprine arthritis-encephalitis virus, Cowpox virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Ebola virus, Ectromelia virus (mousepox virus), Encephalomyocarditis virus, Epizootic hemorrhagic disease viruses (deer), Equine abortion virus SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s rcr~AO3si (EHV 1 ), Equine adenoviruses, Equine arteritis virus, Equine coital exanthema virus (EHV3), Equine infectious anemia virus, Equine rhinopneumonitis virus (EHV4), Feline calicivirus, Feline immunodeficiency virus, Feline infectious peritoniitis virus, Feline panleukopenia virus, Feline sarcoma and leukemia viruses, Fibroma viruses of rabbits and hares and squirrels, Foot-and-mouse disease viruses, Fowlpox virus, Hema,gglutinating encephalomyelitis virus (swine), Hog cholera virus, Infectious bovine rhinotrachetitis virus, Infectious bronchitis virus (fowl), Infectious bursar disease virus (fowl), Infectious canine hepatitis virus, Infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus (fish), Infectious laryngotrachetis virus, infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus (fish), Influenza viruses of swine, horses, seals, and fowl, Japanese encephalitis virus, Lactic dehydrogenase virus (mice), Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, Maedi/visna virus (sheep), Marburg virus, Rocio virus, Ross River virus, Rubella virus, Russian spring-summer encephalitis virus, Sandfly fever-Naples virus, Sandfly fever-Sicilian virus, St. Louis encephalitis virus, SV 40 virus, Tahyna virus, Vaccinia virus, Varicella-zoster virus (human herpesvirus 3), Variola virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Vesicular stomatitis viruses, West Nile virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, 'fellow fever virus, Adenovirus 1-49, Astrovirus 1, 2, B virus (Cercopithecus :herpesvirus), BK virus, Bunyamwera virus, California encephalitis virus, Central European encephalitis virus, Chikungunya virus, Colorado tick fever vines, Congo-Crimean hemorrhagic fever virus, Cowpox virus, Coxsacieviruses A 1-21 and A 24, Coxsackieviruses B 1-6, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease agent, prions, I>engue viruses 1-4, Duvenhage virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Ebola virus, Echoviruses 1-9 and I 1-27 and 34, Enteroviruses 68-71, Epstein-Barr vi~,rus (human herpesvirus 4), Hantaan virus, Hepatitis A vinrs, Hepatitis B virus, Hepatitis C virus, Hepatitis delta virus, Hepatitis E virus, Herpes simplex viruses 1 and 2 (human herpesviruses 1 and 2), Human enteric coronavirus, Human enteric; conoravirus, Human cytomeglovirus (human herpesvirus 5), Human herpesviruses 6A, 6B, and 7, Human immunodeficiency viruses 1 and 2 Human respiratory coronaviruses 229E and OC43, Hurnan rotaviruses, Human T-lymphotropic viruses 1 and 2, Influenza viruses A and B, Japanese encephalitis virus, JC virus, Junin virus (Argentine SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2823 PCT/8.971~OOd81 hemorrhagic fever virus), Kuru agent, Kyasanur forest virus; La Crosse virus, Lassa virus, Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, Macuopo virus (Bolivian hemorrhagic fever virus), Marburg virus, Mayaro virus, Measles virus) Mokola virus, Molluscum contagiosum virus, Monkeypox virus; Muerto Canyon virus, S Mumps virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Norwalk virus (and related viruses), O'nyong-nyong virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Orf virus (contagious pustular dermatitis virus), Oropouche virus, Papillomaviruses 1-60, Parainfluenza viruses 1 and 3, Parainfluenza viruses 2 and 4, Parvovinis B-19, Polioviruses 1-3, Pseudocowpox virus (milker's nodule virus), RA-1 virus, 10 Rabies virus, Respiratory syncytial virus, Rhinoviruses 1-113, and Rift Valley fever virus.
Staphylococcal abscesses; Staphylococcal pneumonia; Staphylococcal bacteremia; Staphylococcal osteomyelitis; Staphylococcal; Influenza viruses A, 15 B, and C; Parainfluenza viruses 1-4; Mumps virus; Adenoviruses; Reoviruses;
Respiratory syncytial virus; Epstein-Barn virus; Rhinoviruses; Polioviruses;
Colorado tick fever; Phlebotomus fever; Venezuelen equine encephalitis; Rift valley fever; Dengue fever; West Nile fever; Barmah Forest virus; Chikungunya disease; Mayaro virus disease; Ross river virus disease; Sindbis virus disease 20 (Okelbo disease, Pogosta disease, Karelian fever); Eastern equine encephalitis;
Western equine encephalitis; St. Louis encephalitis; Venezuelen equine encephalitis; California virus group; Japanese encephalitis; Powassan virus;
Murray Valley encephalitis; Kyasanur Forest disease; Tick-borne encephalitis virus; Lymphocytic choriomeningitis; Yellow fever; Dengue hemorrhagic fever;
25 Kyasanur Forest disease; Omsk hemorrhagic fever; Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever; Hantaan virus; Seoul virus; Puumala virus; Machupo virus; Junin virus;
Lassa fever; Marburg virus; Ebola virus; lasmodium spp; Trypanosoma spp;
Microfilarie; Leishmania spp; naegleria Hartmannella Acanthamoeba group;
Giardia lamblia, Strongyloides, Entamoeba histolytica, Schistosoma mansoni, 30 Schistosoma japonicum; Entamoeba histolytica, Other amebas; Giardia lamblia;
Cryptosporidium; Trichuris trichiura, Ascaris lumbricoides, Hookwor. m, Strongyloides, Tapeworm, Fluke; Enterobius vermicularis; Entamoeba SU9STITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~s rcr~.~r~oo3si histolytica; Paragonimus westermani; Entamoeba histolytica, Strongyloides, Echinococcus granulosus, Hookworm, Ascaris spp, Pneumocystis carinii;
Pneumocystis carinii; Onchocerca volvulus; Leishmania spp, Entamoeba histolytica; Taenia solium; Trichomonas spp; Schistosoma haematobium Pathogens include but are not limited to: feline pathogen, canine pathogen, equine pathogen, bovine pathogen, avian pathogen, porcine pathogen, or human pathogen. Human pathogen includes but is not limited to: herpes simplex virus-1, herpes simplex virus-2, human cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Barn virus, Varicell-Zoster virus, human herpesvirus-6, human herpesvirus-7, human influenza, human immunodeficiency virus, rabies vines, measles virus, hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus. Furthermore, the antigenic polypeptide of a human pathogen may be associated with malaria or malignant tumor from the group consisting of Plasmodium falciparum, Bordetella.
Equine pathogen can derived from equine influenza virus or equine herpesvirus.
Examples of such antigenic polypeptide are equine influenza virus type A/Alaska 91 neuraminidase, equine influenza vines type A/Prague 56 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Miami 63 neuraminidase, equine influenza virus type A/Kentucky 81 neuraminidaseequine herpesvirus type 1 glycoprotein B, and equine heipesvirus type 1 glycoprotein D.
Bovine pathogens include but are not limited to: bovine respiratory syncytial virus or bovine parainfluenza virus. The antigenic polypeptide of derived from bovine respiratory syncytial virus equine pathogen can derived from equine influenza virus is bovine respiratory syncytial virus attachment protein (BRSV
G), bovine respiratory syncytial virus fusion protein (BRSV F), bovine respiratory syncytial virus nucleocapsid protein (BRS V 1~, bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 fusion protein, and the bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 hemagglutinin neuraminidase.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98122gZ5 PCT/B.97/n0381 This invention provides a method for the detection of virus , comprising: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences of the virus specific antibody; d) performing reverse transcription of an RNA of a virus specific antibodies in a sample to produce a DNA copy; e) performing polymerase chain reaction amplification of the DNA copy of the RNA genome to produce a plurality of I O DNA copies; f) performing hybridization of the DNA copies to a plurality of complementary DNA probes to detect the DNA content of the sample; thereby detecting virus infection.
This invention provides a kit for the detection of specific virus antigen from a I S subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing lnitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lyrnphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific virus antibody.
The present invention also includes a kit comprising a blood collection container containing an effective concentration of mitogen with or without antigen therein.
The container can optionally contain a culture medium. The preferred container is a test tube. The blood collection container can be plastic, glass, or any other material that is compatible with culturing blood. It is to be understood that the present invention also includes blood containing means other then a blood collection tube including, but not limited to, microtiter plates containing wells in which the blood can be incubated, tissue culture flasks, glass flasks such as an Erlenmeyer flask, and any other container in which the blood can be cultured.
This invention provides a method of diagnosing virus in a subject which comprises: a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9825 PCT/B97I~00381 whole blood sample in a culture in the presE:nce of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, to induce pcdyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells; c) obtaining a nucleic acid sequence from lymphocytes; d) contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a labeled nucleic acid sequence of at least 15 nucleotides capable of specifically hybridizing with the isolated DNA
of the specific antibody, under hybridizing conditions; and e) determining the presence of the nucleic acid sequence hybridized, the presence of which is indicative of virus in the subject, thereby diagnosing virus in the subject.
This invention provides an in vitro method for use as a diagnostic/prognostic indicator of a subject infected/exposed to a virus, comprising the following steps:
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject; b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media,so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of 1 S lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production; c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an virus antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form; d) detecting the amount of antigen-antibody immune complex of step c); comparing the amount of the complex to a second amount of complex previously detected, the increa;~e of such amount is indicative of a subject seroconvereting. In one embodiment, the amounts of antibodies, either quantitatively, i.e. level of antibody titre, o~r qualitatively, from one time point to another are compared.
In one embodiment, the DNA sequence :From the virus is amplified before step (b). In another embodiment PCR is employed to amplify the nucleic acid sequence. Methods of amplifying nucleic acid sequences are known to those skilled in the art.
Primer pairs for HIV are known to those skilled in the art . For example, the following may be used:
SK 38/39 - (probe SK19) gag SUBSTITUTE SF~EET (RULE 26}
SK 101/145 pol SK68-/ Benvb env B 163 env/ Benvend env In one embodiment, the viral enzyme is reverse transcriptase (RT). In another embodiment the viral enzyme is protease. In another embodiment the enzyme is integrase. Other enzymes are known to those skilled in the art.
Examples of such antigens and specific antibodies which are immunoreactive with sera from patients infected with parenterally transmitted non-A, non-B
hepatitis (PT-NANBH) virus; to polynucleotide sequences which encode the peptides, to an expression system capable of producing the peptides, and to methods of using the peptides for detecting PT-NANBH infection in human sera are known to those skilled in the art. Specifically, this invention contemplates use of the HCV genome core, NS4 regions, surface-bound HCV antigen, 409-1-1 antigens (409-1-1 (abc), 409- I -1 (c-a), and related antigens. Yo shikura, Hiroshi, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,552,310 Replication of Hepatitis C virus genome and identification of virus having high infectivity; Reyes, Gregory,et al., U. S.
Patent No. 5,538,865, 5,443,965 and 5,436,318 Hepatitis C virus epitopes; Resnick, Robert M., et al., U. S.Patent No. S, 527, 669, Methods, primers and probes for detection of hepatitis C and novel variants; and Wang, Chang Y., U. S. Patent No.
5,436,126 Synthetic peptides specific for the detection of specific antibodies to HCV, diagnosis of HCV infection.
Further, antigens are known to those skilled in the art. For example, the following antigens may be used SOD/HCV polypeptide c100-3 (363 AA);
Polypeptide 2nd; and capsoid peptides.
As defined herein "sample" refers to any sample obtained from an organism.
Examples of biological samples include body fluids and tissue specimens. The source of the sample may be derived from such physiological media as blood, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»5 PCT/8.9711~0381 serum, plasma, breast milk, pus, tissue scrapings, washings, urine, tissue, such as lymph nodes, spleen or the like.
The subjects may be a mammal, or more specifically a human, horse, pig, rabbit, .
5 dog, sheep, goat, monkey, cow, cat, or rodent. In the preferred embodiment the subject is a human.
"Mitogens" as defined herein means any material that activates lymphocytic cells, so as to secrete or produce specific; antibodies. In one embodiment the 10 mitogen is a B cell activator, such as pokeweed mitogen, a lectin, a bacterial endotoxin, an antigen, lipid A, or a lymphokine. In another embodiment the mitogen is a superantigen such as a toxin from bacteria which include staphylococci and staphylococci A toxins (30KD toxins), enterotoxins A,B,C1,C2,D,E (from Staphylococcus aureus), exotoxins A,B,C, and exfoliative 15 toxin A,B. In another embodiment, the mito~gen is a gram-negative LPS
sequence.
In another embodiment the mitogen is a peptidoglycan from both gram negative and gram positive bacteria, for example, toxic shock syndrome toxin TSST-1, ExFT, MAM, Strep M., or a Gram-negative lipopolysacchride (LPS) sequences.
In another embodiment the mitogen is herpesviruses such as Epstein-Burr 20 Virus(EBV), a retrovirus, mouse mammary tumor virus (MMTV), picornavirus(rats) Coxsackie virus, mumps and measles viruses and Mtv virus ( 9,11,13,43). In another embodiment the mitogen is heat shock proteins(HSP) In another embodiment the mitogen is an antiibody which includes but is not limited to: Anti CD3 antibodies, Anti TCR (T cell Receptor), Anti IgM, Anti IgD, Anti 25 CD28 in both soluble form or bound. It: is contemplated that interleukines or cytokines, such as IL-4, either alone or in conjunction with additional factors may be added. In another embodiment the mitogen is phorbol ester such as phorbol myristate acetate, PMA with calcium ionop:hore and IL-4. In another embodiment phzrmacological activators {such as diacylglycerol) that work through paths such 30 as the PIPz derived second messenger path. In another embodiment the mitogen is a lectin including Pokeweed mitogen (P WM) and similar acting mitogens with SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2~25 PCT/Bg7/i00381 or without antigens. In the preferred embodiment Pokeweed mitogen is used.
Pokeweed mitogen includes pure and crude extracts from Phylotacca Americana.
As used herein, "whole blood" means blood collected from an animal or human.
The whole blood contains red blood cells which may be lysed while maintaining the viability of the remaining white blood cells. Whole blood may be collected with heparin, EDTA, citrate or any other substance that prevents coagulation and clotting.
In one embodiment, the optimal concentration of mitogen with or without antigen is easily determined without undue experimentation by one of ordinary skill in the art. With regard to the preferred mitogen, pokeweed mitogen, the preferred concentration range is between approximately 1:100 and 1:1000 dilutions of stock PWM. The most preferred concentration range is between approximately 1:200 and 1:1:400 dilutions of stock PWM. The preferred source of the stock PWM is GIBCO, New York, New York. The lyophilized PWM is reconstituted with 5 mI of distilled water to make the stock solution.
The concentration of pokeweed mitogen may range from about 0.025-50.0 ul/ml.
The concentration range may be from about 0.1-0.5 ul/ml. The preferred concentration is 0.2 ul/ml. If the mitogen is Wheat germ agglutination the concentration range is about 0.1-2.5 ul/ml. If the mitogen is Sac Cowan I
mitogen the concentration range is 1:200-1:2000 dilution.
As defined herein, "culture medium" means any medium than can be used to sustain a sample to -practice the present invention, including but not limited to RPMI 1640 (GIBCO, New York, New York) with or without fetal calf serum, preferably supplemented with appropriate antibiotics and glutamine. Other culture media which may be used in practicing the present invention include, but are not limited to, Eagles, Dulbecco's, McCoy's, Media 199, Waymouth's media, and serum free medium with or without supplement. In another embodiment the mitogen is without media.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98122825 PCT/B.9?Ii00081 The nucleic acid sequence referred herein may be DNA, RNA or cDNA.
Amplification is carried out using the polymerase chain reaction and a single or plurality of primer sets so as to provide PCR products of different lengths.
The plurality of primer sets are amplified together by PCR. Each primer set is amplified separately by PCR.
If one employs two different primer sets, trAe present invention contemplates that the first primer set is capable of generating a product of a length short enough to be essentially transparent to the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid under a defined set of amplification conditions. That is regardless of the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds, the length of the product is sufficient such that amplification product will be detected.
The second primer set is also capable of generating a product of a length long enough to be affected-not completely inhibited but inhibited in part-by the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid of the nucleic acid-containing antibodies with the same amplification conditions as above.
This being so the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds will be reflected in the amount of amplification product detected.
Where three different primer sets are used, the present invention contemplates that the first primer set is capable of generating a product of a length short enough to be essentially transparent to the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid under a defined set of amplification conditions. In other words regardless of the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds, the length of the product is sufficient such that amplification product will be detected. The second primer set is also capable of generating a product of a length long enough to be affected-not completely inhibited but inhibited in part-by the addition of the addition compounds to the nucleic acid of the nucleic acid-containing antibodies with the same amplification conditions as above.
Again the efficiency of the covalent addition of addition compounds will be reflected in the-amount of amplification product detected. The third primer set SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2~5 PGT/IL9'f100381 is capable of generating a product of a length long enough to be completely inhibited by the addition of addition compounds to the nucleic acid of the nucleic-acid containing antibodies. Covalent addition of the addition compounds will be reflected by the complete absence of measurable amplification product.
For example, after amplification, a portion of the PCR reaction mixture can be separated and subjected to hybridization with an end-labeled nucleotide probe, such as a 32P labeled adenosine triphosphate end-labeled probe. In PCR, an end-labeled oligonucleotide probe hybridizes in solution to a region of the amplified sequence and, in the process, reconstitutes a specific endonuclease site.
Thus, hybridization of the labeled probe with the amplified sequence yields a double-stranded DNA form that is sensitive to selective restriction enzyme digestion. After restriction with an endonuclease, the resulting samples can be analyzed on a polyacrylamide gel, and autoradiograms of the portion of the gel with the diagnostic labeled fragment can be obtained. The appearance of a diagnostic fragment (e.g. 10-15 bases in length) in the autoradiogram indicates the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies nucleotide sequences in the PBMCs.
"PCR" refers to a process of amplifying one or more specific nucleic acid sequences, wherein ( 1 ) oligonucleotide primers which determine the ends of the sequences to be amplified are annealed to single-stranded nucleic acid in a test sample, {2) a nucleic acid polymerase extends the 3' ends of the annealed primers to create a nucleic acid strand complementary in sequence to the nucleic acid to which the primers were annealed, (3) the resulting double-stranded nucleic acid is denatured to yield two single-stranded nucleic acids, and (4) the processes of primer annealing, primer extension, and product denaturation are repeated enough times to generate easily identified and measured amounts of the sequences defined by the primers. Practical control of the sequential annealing, extension, a.nd denaturation steps is exerted by varying the temperature of the reaction container, normally in a repeating cyclical manner. Annealing and extension occur optimally in the 40o C. to 80o C. temperature range (exact value SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»5 PCTIB97l00381 depending on primer concentrations and sequences), whereas denaturation requires temperatures in the 80o C. to 1000 C. range (exact value depending on target sequence and concentration).
DNA amplification procedures by PCR are vvell known and are described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202, and 4,965,188, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. For ease of understanding the advantages provided by the present invention, a siunmary of PCR is provided. PCR requires two primers that hybridize with the double-stranded target nucleic acid sequence to be amplified.
In PCR, this double-stranded target sequE;nce is denatured and one primer is annealed to each strand of the denatured target. The primers anneal to the target nucleic acid at sites removed from one another and in orientations such that the extension product of one primer, when separated from its complement, can hybridize to the other primer. Once a given primer hybridizes to the target sequence, the primer is extended by the action of a DNA polymerise. The extension product is then denatured from the target sequence, and the process is repeated. One particular method for mininuzing the effects of cross contamination of nucleic acid amplificatiion is described in U. S. Pat. No.
5,035,996, which is incorporated herein by reference.
The PCR technique useful for determining whether seropositive or seronegative persons have detectable levels of specific antibodies. In PCR techniques, oligonucleotide primers to the specific tumor associated antibody is indicative of the subject having cancer.
Tumor antigen associated antibodies produced complementary to the two 3' borders of the DNA region to be amplified are synthesized. The polymerise chain reaction is then carried out using the two primers. See PCR Protocols: A
Guide to Methods and Applications [P~ Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Annlications. (1990) Innis, M., Gelfand D., Sninsky, T. and White, T., eds., Academic Press, San Diego]. Following F'CR amplification, the PCR-amplified regions of an tumor antigen associated antibodies can be tested for their ability SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZ?~825 PCTlIL9"11~00381 to hybridize to the three specific nucleic acid probes listed above.
Alternatively, hybridization of nucleic acid of the tumor antigen associated antibodies to the above nucleic acid probes can be performed by a Southern blot procedure without DNA amplification and under stringent hybridization conditions as described 5 herein. U.S. Patent No. 5,494,810 Barany, Francis,et al. "Polymerase chain reaction (PCR)" refers to a patented process (described in U. S. Patent Nos.
4,683,202 and 4,683,195) for the exponential amplification of aspecific DNA
fragment by utilizing two oligonucleotide primers that hybridize to opposite strands and flank the region of interest in a target DNA are incorporated by 10 reference. Also, those assays disclosed in the disclosures of the following U. S.
patents: U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,459,359 is incorporated by reference.
Choosing PCR primer sequences, preparing PCR reagents and reaction mixtures, and designing and running PCR reactions are well known procedures in the FCR
15 art. In the event that nucleic acid amplification is performed on suspended cells in a standard PCR tube, the cells are treated like any conventional PCR test sample: diluted into reaction mixture shortly before amplification is started, at a total cell number ranging from approximately 100 to approximately 106 .
20 If multiple samples are amplified simultaneously in different tubes, a fresh sampler tip is used to add the missing reagents) to each tube, to prevent cross-contamination. After all tubes have been prepared and capped, the standard three-temperature thermal cycle program of denaturation, annealing, and extension for approximately 10 to 40 cycles is performed under thermal cycler 25 microprocessor control. Alternatively, and often preferably, a series of two-temperature cycles can be run wherein annealing and extension are performed at a single temperature, normally optimized for stringent annealing of primer to template. Because reaction rates may be somewhat retarded with cellular preparations as compared to cell-free nucleic acids, it may be necessary 30 to increase the durations of the denaturation, anneal, extend, or anneal-extend cycle segments as much as several-fold from values standard when the test sample contains cell-free nucleic acid. This adjustment is easily performed by SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 2G) wo ~rr~s rcria.~~oo3si looking for conditions which maximize th.e intensity of the signal seen during amplified nucleic acid detection or which nunimize the number of cycles needed to reach a given signal intensity. A similar optimization procedure can be used for MgCl2, dNTP, primer, and enzyme concentrations in the reaction mixture;
these parameters often show different optima for different targets, and also may be affected when amplification occurs within fixed cells.
Primer pairs of known sequence positioned 10-300 base pairs apart that are complementary to the plus and minus strands of the DNA to be amplified can be prepared by well known techniques for the synthesis of oligonucleotides. One end of each primer can be extended and modified to create restriction endonuclease sites when the primer is annealed to the nucleic acid sequence of specific antibodies. The PCR reaction nuxture can contain the DNA of the specific antibodies, the DNA primer pairs, four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates, MgCl2, DNA polymerise, and conventional buffers The DNA can be amplified for a number of cycles. It is generally possible to increase the sensitivity of detection by using a multiplicity of cycles, each cycle consisting of a short period of denaturation of the DNA of the specific antibodies at an elevated temperature, cooling of the reaction mixture, and polymerization with the DNA polymerise. Oligonucleotide primers and probes are known to those skilled in the art.
Oligonucleotides for use as probes or PCR primers are chemically synthesized according to the solid phase phosphoramidite triester method first described by Beaucage and Carruthers [Beaucage and Carruthers (1981) Tetrahedron Lett.
22:1859-1862.] using an automated synthesizer, as described in Needham-VanDevanter [Needham-VanDevanter, D.R., et al., ( 1984) Nucleic Acids Res. 12:6159-6168]. Purification of oligonucleotides is by either native acrylamide gel electrophoresis or by anion-exchange HPLC as described in Pearson, J.D. and Regnier, F.E. [Pearso:n, J.D., and Regruer, F.E., (1983) J_.
Chrom. 255:137-14976.]. The sequence of the synthetic oligonucleotide can be verified using the chemical degradation method of Maxim, A.M. and Gilbert, W.
SU6STITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZ?,8~Z5 PCT/B.97Ii00381 42 .
[Maxam, A.M. and Gilbert, W. Methods in EnzvmoloQV (1980) Grossman, L.
and Moldave, D., eds., Academic Press, New York, 65:499-560.]. Tavernarakis, N., U.S. Patent No. 5,569,582 is directed to amplification and detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies nucleic acid is hereby incoporated by reference.
The present invention has applicability to diagnosing a subject having cancer by the amplification and subsequent detection of nucleic acid sequences of anti tumor antigen associated antibodies. "Amplification" is a special case of nucleic acid replication involving template specificity. It is to be contrastea wltn non-specific template replication (i. e., replication that is template-dependent but not dependent on a specific template). Template specificity is here distinguished from fidelity of replication (i.e., synthesis of the proper polynucleotide sequence) and nucleotide (ribo- or deoxyribo-) specificity. Template specificity is frequently described in terms of "target" specificity. Target sequences are "targets" in the sense that they are sought to be amplified or detected preferentially in the presence of other non-target nucleic acid sequences.
Amplification techniques have been designed primarily for the detection of specific target sequences. Template specificity is achieved, in most amplification techniques, by the choice of enzyme. Amplification enzymes are enzymes that, under the conditions in which they are used, will process only specific sequences of nucleic acid in a heterogenous mixture of nucleic acid.
In the case of T4 DNA ligase, the enzyme will not ligate the two oligonucleotides where there is a mismatch between the oligonucleotide substrate and the template at the ligation junction. D. Y. Wu and R. B. Wallace, Genomics 4:560 (1989).
Finally, Taq polymerase, --by virtue of its ability to fiznction at high temperature, is found to display high specificity for the sequences bounded and thus defined by the primers; the high temperature results in thermodynamic conditions that favor primer hybridization with the specific target sequences and not hybridization with non-target sequences. R. K. Saiki in PCR Technology, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9&Z2»25 PCT/8.97100381 Principles and Applications for DNA Amplification (H. A. Erlich, Ed.), pp. 7-( 1989).
Some amplification techniques take the approach of amplifying and then detecting target; others detect target and then amplify probe. Regardless of the approach, the sample containing nucleic; acid must be free of inhibitors for amplification to occur at high efficiency.
Amplification "reagents" are defined as those reagents (primers, deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates, etc.) needed for amplification except for nucleic acid and the amplification enzy~:ne. Typically, amplification reagents along with other reaction components a~-e placed and contained in a reaction vessel (test tube, microwell, etc.).
The preferred lysing agent is protease K. Protease K is a proteolytic enzyme from Tritirachium album. It is particularly useful in the present invention because it has no significant DNase activity and, therefore, does not degrade nucleic acid which would prevent amplification. It is also attractive because it is inexpensive and commercially available (e.g., Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.,U.S.A., catalogue No.
p4914 "Proteinase K"). Various treatment conditions using protease K have been found useful. It is preferred that a high concentration of protease K (e. g., 1.5-2. S
mg/ml) be used for short (5-10 minutes) incubation periods to completely degrade cellular and tumor antigen ;associated antibodies. When lower concentrations of protease K (e.g., 0.5 mg/ml) are used, longer incubation periods (30-60 minutes) are required to achieve the same effect. Other lysis approaches are also contemplated, including lysis by heating.
Detection" of PCR-amplified nucleic acid refers to the process of observing, locating, or quantitating an analytical signal which is inferred to be specifically associated with the product of PCR amFdification, as distinguished fi om PCR
reactants. The analytical signal can result from visible or ultraviolet absorbance or fluorescence, chemiluminescence, or the photographic or autoradiographic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98122825 PCT/II~'1100381 image of absorbance, fluorescence, chemiluminescence, or ionizing radiation.
Detection of in situ PCR products involves microscopic observation or recording of such signals. The signal derives directly or indirectly from a molecular "tag"
attached to a PCR primer or dNTP or to a nucleic acid probe, which tag may be a radioactive atom, a chromophore, a fluorophore, a chemiluminescent reagent, an enzyme capable of generating a colored, fluorescent, or chemiluminescent product, or a binding moiety capable of reaction with another sequence or particle which directly carries or catalytically generates the analytical signal.
Common binding moieties are biotin, which binds tightly to streptavidin or avidin, digoxigenin, which binds tightly to anti-digoxigenin antibodies, and fluorescein, which binds tightly to anti-fluorescein antibodies. The avidin, streptavidin, and antibodies are easily attached to chromophores, fluorophores, radioactive atoms, and enzymes capable of generating colored, fluorescent, or chemiluminescent signals.
RNA is prepared by any number of methods; the choice may depend on the source of the sample and availability. Methods for preparing RNA are described in Davis et al., 1986, Basic Methods in Molecular Biology, Elsevier, NY, Chapter 11; Ausubel et al., 1987, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Chapter 4, John Wiley and Sons, NY; Kawasaki and Wang, 1989, PCR Technology, ed. Erlich, Stockton Press NY; Kawasaki, 1990, PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications, Innis et al. eds. Academic Press, San Diego; and Wang and Mark, 1990, PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications, Innis et al. eds.
Academic Press, San Diego; all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
As noted above, the probe will be capable of specific hybridization to a specific tumor antigen associated antibody nucleic acid is indicative of the subject having cancer.
Such "specific hybridization" occurs when a probe hybridizes to a target nucleic acid, as evidenced by a detectable signal, under conditions in which the probe does not hybridize to other nucleic acids (e.g., animal cell or other bacterial nucleic acids) present in the sample. A variety of factors including the length and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I2~2.S PCT/8.971~0381 base composition of the probe, the extent of base mismatching between the probe and the target nucleic acid, the presence of salt and organic solvents, probe concentration, and the temperature affect hybridization, and optimal hybridization conditions must often be detennined empirically. For discussions S of nucleic acid probe design and annealing conditions, see, for example, Ausubel, F., et al., Methods in Enzymology [Mgthods in Enz~olo"gy Vol. 152, ( 198?) Bergen, S. and Kimmel, A. ed., Academic Press, New York) or Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
I O I~gh stringent hybridization conditions are selected at about 5 ° C
lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
Typically, stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is at I S least about 0.02 molar at pH 7 and the temperature is at least about 60 ° C. As other factors may significantly affect the stringency of hybridization, including, among others, base composition and size of the complementary strands, the presence of organic solvents, ie. salt or fonnamide concentration, and the extent of base mismatching, the combination of parameters is more important than the 20 absolute measure of any one. For Example high stringency may be attained for example by overnight hybridization at about 68 ° C in a 6x S S C
solution, washing at room temperature with 6x SSC solution, followed by washing at about 68 ° C
in a 6x SSC in a 0.6x SSX solution.
25 Hybridization with moderate stringency may be attained for example by: 1 ) filter pre-hybridizing and hybridizing with a solution of 3x sodium chloride, sodium citrate (SSC), 50% formamide, O.1M Tris buffer at Ph 7.5, Sx Denhardt's soluti o n; 2. ) pre-hybridization at 3 7 ° C for 4 hours; 3 ) hybridization at 3 7 ° C
with amount of labeled probe equal to 3,000,000 cpm total for 16 hours; 4) wash 30 in 2x SSC and 0.1% SDS solution; 5;1 wash 4x for 1 minute each at room temperature at 4x at 60°C for 30 minutes each; and 6) dry and expose to film.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9&1~?~5 PCT/B97N0381 The phrase "selectively hybridizing to" refers to a nucleic acid probe that hybridizes, duplexes or binds only to a particular target DNA or RNA sequence - when the target sequences are present in a preparation of total cellular DNA
or RNA. By selectivly hybridizing it is meant that a probe binds to a given target in a manner that is detectable in a different manner from non-target sequence under high stringency conditions of hybridization. in a different "Complementary" or "target" nucleic acid sequences refer to those nucleic acid sequences which selectivly hybridize to a nucleic acid probe. Proper annealing conditions depend, for example, upon a probe's length, base composition, and the number of mismatches and their position on the probe, and must often be determined empirically. For discussions of nucleic acid probe design and annealing conditions, see, for example, Sambrook et al., [Sambrook, et al. ( 1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2nd ed.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Vols. 1-3.] or Ausubel, F., et al., [Ausubel, F., et al. (1987) Current Protocols in Molecular Bioloev, New York.].
DNA or mRNA of tumor antigen associated antibodies may be detected by Southern blotting, - single stranded conformational polymorphism gel electrophoresis (SSCP), PCR or other DNA based techniques, or for RNA species by Northern blotting, PCR or other RNA-based techniques.
As defined herein nucleic acid probes may be DNA or RNA fragments. DNA
fragments can be prepared, for example, by digesting plasmid DNA, or by use of PCR, or synthesized by either the phosphoramidite method described by B eaucage and Carruthers, or by the triester method according to Matteucci, et al., [Matteucci, et al. (1981) Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185.], both incorporated herein by reference. A double stranded fragment may then be obtained, if desired, by annealing the chemically synthesized single strands together under appropriate conditions or by synthesizing the complementary strand using DNA
polymerase with an appropriate primer sequence. Where a specific sequence for a nucleic acid probe is given, it is understood that the complementary strand is also identified and included. The complementary strand will work equally well SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»22825 PCTIB.971i00381 in situations where the target is a double-stranded nucleic acid. It is also understood that when a specific sequence; is identified for use a nucleic probe, a subsequence of the listed sequence which is 25 base pairs or more in length is also encompassed for use as a probe.
The antibody or DNA sequence may be labeled with a detectable marker including, but not limited to: a radioactive label, or a colorimetric, a luminescent, or a fluorescent marker, or gold. Radioactive labels include, but are not limited t0: 3II 14 C 32 P 33 P.35 s 36 C151 Cr57 CC~59 C~9 F~U ~35 1~1 I aIlQ Re.
> > > > > > > o ~ a o a ~
Fluorescent markers include but are not :(invited to: fluorescein, rhodamine and auramine. Colorimetric markers include, but are not limited to: biotin, and digoxigenin. Methods of producing the polyclonal or monoclonal antibody are known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
Further, the antibody or nucleic acid sequence complex may be detected by a second antibody which may be linked to an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase. Other enzymes which may be employed are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
The tumor antigens or antibodies may also be labeled using fluorescent labels, enzyme labels, free radical labels, or bacteriophage labels, using techniques known in the art. Typical fluorescent labels include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, alophycocyanin, and Texas Red.
Since specific enzymes may be coupled to other sequences by covalent links, the possibility -also exists that they might be used as labels for the production of tracer materials. Suitable enzymes include alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, maleate dehydrogenase, and peroxidase. Types of enzyme immunoassay are the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), ELISPOT, and the homogeneous enzyme immunoassay, also known as enzyme-multiplied immunoassay (EMIT, Syva Corporation, Palo Alto, CA). In theELISA system, separation may be achieved, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCT/B.9'fI~00'381 for example, by the use of antibodies coupled to a solid phase. The EMIT
system depends on deactivation of the enzyme in the tracer-antibody complex; the activity can thus be measured without the need for a separation step.
Additionally, chemiluminescent compounds may be used as labels. Typical chemiluminescent compounds include luminol, isolunlinol, aromatic acridinium esters, imidazoles, acridinium salts, and oxalate esters. Similarly, bioluminescent compounds may be utilized for labeling, the bioluminescent compounds including iuciferin, luciferase, and aequorin.
Once labeled, the antibody may be employed to identify and quantify immunologic counterparts (antibody or tumor antigenic polypeptide) utilizing techniques well-known to the art. Antibodies include but are not limited to:
IgG
and subsets, IgA, IgE, IgM, IgD.
The phrase "specifically binds to an tumor antigen associated antibodies" or "specifically immunoreactive with", when referring to the tumor antigen associated antibodies, refers to a binding reaction which is determinative of the presence of the tumor antigen associated antibody. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the specified tumor antigen associated antibody binds to the tumor antigen associated antibody and does not bind in a significant amount to other antibodies present in the sample. Specific binding to an tumor antigen associated antibody under such conditions may require an tumor antigen that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein.
A variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select specific antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select monoclonal antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein. See Harlow and Lane [Harlow and Lane, (1988) Antibodies. A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Publication, New York. ] for a description of immuno assay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9~'ZSZS PCTIQ.g1Ji00381 4f A description of a radioimmunoassay (RIA) may be found in Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology [Laboratory Techniaues inin Biochemistry and Molecular Biologx ( 1978) North Holland Publishing Company, New York.], with particular reference to the chapter entitled "An Introduction to Radioimmune Assay and Related Technuques" by Chard, T., incorporated by reference herein.
A description of general immunometric assays of various types can be found in the following U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,376,110 (David et al.) or 4,098,876 (Piasio) and 4,870,003 (Kortright) are incorporated by reference.
The presence or concentration of this a~itigen-antibody complex is determined to detect or quantitate the presence of tumor antigen associated antibodies in the biological sample.
The ligand to the peptide sequence may carry a specific substance such as a metal ion (iron or zinc or other) into the tumor and thus serve as a means to deliver toxic substances (radioactive or cytoto~xic chemical i. e. toxin like ricin or cytotoxic alkylating agent or cytotoxic prodrug) to the tumor. The linkage of the antibody and the toxin or radioisotope can be chemical. Examples of direct linked toxins are doxorubicin, chlorambucil, ricin, pseudomonas exotoxin etc., or a hybrid toxin can be generated 'h with specificity for peptide and the other '/z with specificity for the toxin. Such a biv~~lent molecule can serve to bind to the tumor and the other '/z to deliver a cytotoxic to the tumor or to bind to and activate a cytotoxic lymphocyte such as binding to the Tl - T3 receptor complex.
Antibodies of required specificity can also loe cloned into T cells and by replacing the immunoglobulin domain of the T cell receptor (TcR); cloning in the desired MAb heavy and light chains; splicing the Uh and L~ gene segments with the constant regions of the a and 13 TCR chains and transfecting these chimeric Ab/TcR genes in the patients' T cells, propagating these hybrid cells and infusing them into the patient. Specific knowledge of tissue specific antigens for targets SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 982825 PCT/B.9~I00381 and generation of MAb's specific for such targets will help make this a usable approach.
It is possible to produce a toxic genetic chimera such as TP-40 a genetic 5 recombinant that possesses the cDNA from TGF-alpha and the toxic portion of pseudomonas exotoxin so the TGF and portion of the hybrid binds the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) and the pseudomonas portion gets taken up into the cell enzymatically and inactivates the ribosomes ability to perform protein synthesis resulting in cell death.
Detecting the reaction of the antibody (or ligand) with the tumor antigen can be facilitated by the use of an antibody or ligand that is labeled with a detectable moiety by methods known in the art. Such a detectable moiety will allow visual detection of a precipitate or a color change, visual detection by microscopy, or automated detection by spectrometry or radiometric measurement or the Iike.
Examples of detectable moieties include fluorescein and rhodamine (for fluorescence microscopy), horseradish peroxidase (for either light microscopy or electron microscopy and biochemical detection), biotin-strepavidin (for light or electron microscopy) and alkaline phosphatase (for biochemical detection by color change). The detection methods and moieties used can be selected, for example, from the list above or other suitably examples by the standard criteria applied to such selections (Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988 ).
Enzyme immunoassays such as immunofluorescence assays (IFA), photometric assays, enzyme Iir5lced immunosorbent assays (ELISA), ELISPOT, and immunoblotting can be readily adapted to accomplish the detection of the specific antibodies. An ELISA method effective for the detection of the tumor antigen associated antibodies can, for example, be as follows: (1) bind the tumor antigen to a substrate; (2) contact the bound tumor antigen with a biological sample, such as a bodily fluid before and after culture or tissue sample or lymphocytes before and after culture containing the antibody; (3) contact the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO ~2~5 PCT/IL9'fIi00381 above with a secondary antibody bound to a detectable moiety (e.g., horseradish peroxidase enzyme or alkaline phosphatase enzyme); (4) contact the above with the substrate for the enzyme; (5) contact the above with a color -reagent; (6) observe the color change.
Where the tumor antigens are labeled, the labels can include radioisotopes, fluorophores, enzymes, luminescers or particles. These and other labels are well known in the art and are described, for example, in the following U.S. Pat.
Nos.
3,766,162; 3,791,932; 3,817,837; 3,996,,345; and 4,233,402. Assays employing the tumor antigen associated antibodies i"rom the cell lines can be heterogenous, i.e., requiring a separation step, or homogenous. If the assay is heterogenous a variety of separation means can be employed, including centrifugation, filtration, chromatography or magnetism.
Other detection systems which may also be used include those based on the use of protein A derived from Staphylococcus. aureus Cowan strain I, protein G
from group C Streptococcus sp. (strain 26RP66), or systems which employ the use of the biotin-avidin binding reaction.
Another method of immunoenzymatic detection of the presence of antibodies is the Western blot. The tumor antigens are separated electrophoretically and transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane or other suitable support. The body fluid to be tested is then brought into contact with the membrane and the presence of the immune complexes formed is detected by the method already described. In a variation on this methods, purified tumor antigen associated antibodies is applied in lines or spots on a membrane and allowed to bind. The membrane is subsequently brought into contact with the body fluid before and after culture to be tested and the immune complexes formed are detected using the previously described techniques.
The presence of specific antibodies in body fluid before and after culture may also be detected by agglutination. Tumor antigen associated antibodies lysates, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9snz»s rc~r~mroo~si tumor antigen or purified composition referred to according to this invention, is used to coat, for example, latex particles which form an uniform suspension.
When mixed with serum containing specific antigens to the antibodies present, the latex particles are caused to agglutinate and the presence of large aggregates can be detected visually.
Tumor antigen associated antibodies reactive with specific antibodies of tumor antigen can also be measured by a variety of immunoassay methods. For a review of immunological and immunoassay procedures applicable to the measurement of antibodies by immunoassay techniques, see Basic and Clinical Immunology 7th Edition [Basic and Clinical Immunology, 7th Edition D. Stites and A. Ten ed.].
Hemagglutination Inhibition (HI) and Complement Fixation (CF) which are two laboratory tests that can be used to detect tumor antigen associated antibodies by testing for the presence of antibodies.
A person of ordinary skill in the art will be able to obtain appropriate DNA
sample for diagnosing the subject. The DNA sample obtained by the above described method may be cleaved by restriction enzyme. The uses of restriction enzymes to cleave DNA and the conditions to perform such cleavage are well-known in the art.
In the above described methods, a size fractionation may be employed which is effected by a polyacrylamide gel. in one embodiment, the size fractionation is effected by an agarose gel. Further, transferring the DNA fragments into a solid matrix may be employed before a hybridization step. One example of such solid matrix is nitrocellulose paper.
Similarly, a Northern transfer may be used for the detection of message in samples of RNA or reverse transcriptase PCR and cDNA can be detected by methods described above. This procedure is also well known in the art.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 5 PCT/IL~7N0381 53.
An alternative means for determining the ;presence specific antibodies produced as a result of infection or exposure of the tumor antigen associated antibodies is in situ hybridization, or more recently, in i a polymerise chain reaction.
In '~u PCR is described in Neuvo et al. [Ne;uvo, et al. (1993) American Journal of Surgical Patholo~~ 17(7), 683-690. ], Intracellular localization of polymerise chain reaction (PCR)-amplified tumor antigen cDNA; Bagasra et al. [Bagasra, et al. ( 1992) J. New England Journal of Medicine 326(21 ):13 85-13 91. ], Detection of tumor antigen by in situ polymerise chain reaction; and Heniford et al.
[Heniford, et al. ( 1993 ) Nucleic Acids R. sese earch 21 ( 14):3159-3166. ], Variation in cellular EGF receptor mRNA expre;>sion demonstrated by in 's,~u reverse transcriptase polymerise chain reaction. In situ hybridization assays are well known and are generally described in Methods Enzymol. incorporated by reference herein. In an in situ hybridization, cells are fixed to a solid support, typically a glass slide. The cells are then contacted with a hybridization solution at a moderate temperature to permit annealing of target-specific probes that are labeled. The probes are preferably labeled with radioisotopes or fluorescent reporters.
The above described probes are also useful for in-situ hybridization or in order to locate tissues which express this gene, or for other hybridization assays for the presence of this gene or its mRNA in various biological tissues. In-situ hybridization is a sensitive localization method which is not dependent on expression of tumor antigens or native vs. denatured conditions.
Oligonucleotides are 3'end-labeled with [a 'SS]dATP to specific activities in the range of 1 x 10'° dpm/ug using terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase.
Unincorporated labeled nucleotides are removed from the oligo probe by centrifugation through a Sephadex G-25 ccdumn or by elution from a Waters Sep Pak C-18 column.
A probe can be identified as capable o:E hybridizing specifically to its target nucleic acid by hybridizing the probe to a sample treated according the protocol SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9PCT/8.97100381 of this invention where the sample contains both target tumor antigen associated antibodies and animal cells (e.g., nerve cells). A probe is specific if the probe's characteristic signal is associated with the tumor antigen associated antibodies DNA in the sample and not generally with the DNA of the host cells and non-biological materials {e.g., substrate) in a sample.
The following stringent hybridization and washing conditions will be adequate to distinguish a specific probe (e.g., a fluorescently labeled DNA probe) from a probe that is not specific: incubation of the probe with the sample for 12 hours at 37°C in a solution containing denatured probe, 50% formamide, 2X
SSC, and 0.1 % (w/v) dextran sulfate, followed by washing in 1 X S SC at 70 ° C
for 5 minutes; 2X SSC at 37°C for 5 minutes; 0.2X SSC at room temperature for minutes, and H20 at room temperature for 5 minutes. Those of skill will be aware that it will often be advantageous in nucleic acid hybridizations (i.e., in situ, Southern, or other) to include detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate), chelating agents (e.g., EDTA) or other reagents (e.g., buffers, Denhardt's solution, dextran sulfate) in the hybridization or wash solutions.
It will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that a convenient method for determining whether a probe is specific for a tumor antigen associated antibodies nucleic acid utilizes a Southern blot (or Dot blot) using DNA
prepared from one ~r more tumor antigen associated antibodies. Briefly, to identify a target specific probe DNA is isolated from the tumor antigen associated antibodies. Test DNA is transferred to a solid (e.g., charged nylon) matrix.
The probes are labeled following conventional methods. Following denaturation and/or prehybridization steps known in the art, the probe is hybridized to the immobilized DNAs under stringent conditions. Stringent hybridization conditions will depend on the probe used and can be estimated from the calculated Tm (melting temperature) of the hybridized probe (see, e.g., Sambrook for a description of calculation of the T"~.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9~srasazs pcr~~oo3si SS , For radioactively-labeled DNA or Rl~fA probes an example of stringent hybridization conditions is hybridization in a solution containing denatured probe and Sx SSC at 65°C for 8-24 hours followed by washes in O. lx SSC, O.I%
SDS
(sodium dodecyl sulfate) at 50-65 °C. In general, the temperature and salt concentration are chosen so that the post hybridization wash occurs at a temperature that is about S ° C below the 'CM of the hybrid. Thus for a particular salt concentration the temperature may be selected that is 5 ° C below the TM or conversely, for a particular temperature., the salt concentration is chosen to provide a TM for the hybrid that is 5 ° C; warmer than the wash temperature.
Following stringent hybridization and washing, a probe that hybridizes to the tumor antigen associated antibodies , as evidenced by the presence of a signal associated with the appropriate target and the absence of a signal from the non-target nucleic acids, is identified . It is further appreciated that in determining probe specificity and in utilizing the method of this invention to detect tumor antigen specific antibodies, a certain amount of background signal is typical and can easily be distinguished by one of skill fiom a specific signal. Two fold signal over background is acceptable.
This invention is further illustrated in the Experimental Details section which follows. This section is set forth to aid in. an understanding of the invention but is not intended to, and should not be construed to, limit in any way the invention as set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
EXPERIMENTAL DETAILS:
EXAMPLE 1: EARLY DETECTION OF OVARIAN AND BREAST
CANCER
Methods and Materials:
Antibodies extracted from breast cancer tumors, which were bound to tumor cells, have been shown to bind to a Niucin, specifically Muc-1, molecule.
Further analysis showed that it the antibody binds to the protein core/backbone SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9»ZZ8~25 PCTlB.971~00381 of Mucin-1. No genetic mutations were found in the protein sequence for Mucin-1. The behavior of a normal protein (non mutated) as a foreign antigen was attributed to the deglycosylation of the protein core. Deglycosylation of the protein core may be the reason that Mucin-1 is reconginzed as a foreign antigen.
The peptides P 1-P3 were designed to cover the immunodominant epitope of the tandem repeat of Mucin-1 which has several configurations and is common to both breast cancer and ovarian cancer. The peptides that have been used were derived from the tandem repeat of the MUC-1.
OC-P1 = SGSGHGVTSAPDTR-NH2, (SEQ m NO. 1) OC-P2 = SGSGAPDTRPAPGSTAP-NHZ,(SEQ m NO. 2) OC-P3 = IISAWGIL-NHZ (SEQ ID NO. 3) The first two are soluble in water, the last is very hydrophobic and needs very low pll for disloving it. The first two were bound to Biotin on their Ac side (for technical reasons) the third was not. The level of purity of OC-P 1 and OC-P2 is high >95%. OC-P3 is only ~60% pure.
Results:
The cohort from which the preliminary data was collected included 15 women that under went surgery due to suspected OC. Control samples (n=21 ) were made available from the blood donor services. Antibodies were looked for both in serum (IBTs) and in supernatant fluids (IBTc) following culture of lymphocytes for 6-7 days. Three peptides used were designed based on the published sequences of MUC-1 and HER-2neu.
As can be seen in Table 1, based on histopathological findings, 11/1 S were found to be malignant. None of the controls had any reaction in the serum or after in vitro culture to any of the three peptides. IBTs and IBTc showed reactivity against at least one peptide in 10/11 cases. When the assays were combined, 11/11 (100%) were antibody positive. All 4 benign cases were IBTs positive, but only one sample was (weakly) positive using IBTc. Though the number of SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~2»5 PCTlIL97100381 individuals tested is too small for large scale statistical analysis and predictions, the data seems to indicated that by using both assays all tumors could be identified via peptide specific antibodies providing a convenient and practical tool for testing in populations at high risk for OC. The fact that only 1/4 benign cases were IBTc positive while 10/ 1 '.l did so in the malignant cases could indicate that the IBTc might help in the discrimination of benign versus malignant cases.
Table 1. Diagnostic value of the new IBT by diagnostic grading.
TEST SYSTEM CANCEP; BENIGN NORMAL
IBTs (using serum)~ 10/11 4/4 0/21 IBTc (using culture)10/11 1/4 0/21 IBTs + IBTc 11/11 4/4 0/21 Blood samples were collected from patients undergoing surgery for suspected OC, and from healthy blood donors. Grading was done on the basis of histopathological findings.
Discussion:
The immune responses test for (antibodies) are antigen specific. The antigens chosen for the screen determine the specificity of the test to cancer or to any specific cancer (breast in this case). It has been repeatedly shown that there is a cross reactivity between ovarian and breast cancer, and that some antigens, such as MUC-1, can be used for detection of both. The cross-reactivity is attributed to the fact that both cancers are hormonal sensitive by the same hormones.
Other examples of cancer antigens include HERneu2 in Breast cancer. Women at high risk for BC (in familial BC for example) are able to show, through longitudinal studies that the appearance (or rise) in antibodies against HERneu2 precedes detection by mammography an.d/or physical examination by hand.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9812625 PCT/8.971~00381 58 , EXAMPLE 2:
The present invention provides a simple and early initial screening or detection of a tumor in a subject via the immune system. As the tumor grows, its suppresive effect on the immune system becomes stronger, thus active secretion of antibodies might be very low or even barely detectable. The present invention uncovers the potential of the humoral arm of the immune system which enables detection of the tumor specific antibodies even if production of antibodies are suppressed in vivo. Therefore, acting as a warning signal.
Methods:
Blood and tissue samples (tumor) were taken with consent from ovarian cancer patients. The patients were all women that underwent surgery. Where applicable cystic fluid was colleted.
Whole blood and separated plasma and PBMC were used for the study. Cells were put into culture for 4-6 days with RPMI complete media and 1:200 pokeweed mitogen (PWM) in a 37 C COZ incubator. The samples were later tested for antibody anti the peptide using standard peptide ELISA (lug/well peptide, blocked by BSA).
Results The results are recorded as O.D. readings of the ELISA. Each mark or letter (h=healthy or c=cancer) is one sample tested. The statistical analysis is based on a 95% confidence interval.
Figure 1: P3 - One dimensional analysis The sample distribution of the O.D. results in two groups c=cancer, h=healthy.
As demonstrated there is a trend for higher and more specific sensitivity against the peptide among the cancer patients. However, one dimensional analysis does not appear to be a sufficient as an indicator of the patients having cancer at this size sample.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 985 PGTIIL971i00381 5'9 Figure 2: P3 and P2 - Two dimensional analysis One run of both peptides. The computer was able to frame (x:.5; y:.52) the normal (=healthy) samples (3-5 known high positive controls at a range of 0.6 -0.65 O.D. were run together with 3-5 known negative sample controls at a range of 0.25-0.3 O.D., which are not shown in Figure 2) By doing so only very few cancer samples were considered normal and visa versa.
Figure 3A-3B: P2 and P 1 and P3 - two dimensional analysis The samples studied were run at groups of <100 each. Two-dimensional analysis of two different peptide ELISAs tun on the same set of samples.
Figures 3A of p2 and p3 and Figures 3B of p 1 anti p3 shows that a clear line devides the h=healthy patients from the c=cancer patients. The patients to the right of the line are those in which the immunologic profile indicates the presence of ovarian or breast cancer. While, patients to the left of the line indicates a patient is healthy. The ratio between the O.D. reading of pI and p3 or p2 and p3 determines the diagnosis.
Table 2. Results of three dimensional linear classification Group Classified into group.
Re-substitution Cross-Validation Normal Benign Cancer Normal Benign Cancer 48 Normal 41 - 7 0 40 8 0 56 Benign 2 32 22 3 25 28 38 Cancer 2 14 32 2 16 20 Table 2 shows the linear classification of the combined 3 peptides. As demonstrated there is a high resolution using both methods of statistical calculation.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo pcr~~oo3si Prostate specific tumor antigen (PSA) rises markedly due to the tumor growth.
It is not clear whether there are tumor antigenic / tumor antigenic differences between the PSA in the serum in normal levels and the PSA produced by the 5 tumor or because of it. Based on other examples (such as the MUC-1 in breast cancer) there could be such dii~erences. Then the detection of antibodies against it could serve as a follow-up of PSA from serum of prostate cancer patients will be used as tumor antigen peptides/segments form it, or cells from a cell line from the tumor...).
Sera and supernatant fluid from new method cultures will be tested for PSA
specific reactivity. It is expected that there will be higher antibody levels in the serum of some of the patients then in the population of normal controls, but a much higher proportion of them will have anti PSA antibodies in the culture fluid.
Virus encoded tumor antigens from tumor inducing viruses (both DNA and RNA
viruses, even though these tumor antigens are more commonly found with relation to RNA viruses as far as expression of the cell membrane.
For example gp70 (which is also found on chemically induced tumors) from the virus envelope glycoprotein. Purified gp70 will be used as tumor antigen (or defined peptides/segments form it, or infected cells expressing it). Sera and supernatant fluid form new method cultures will be tested for gp70 specific reactivity. It is expected that there will be higher antibody levels in the serum of some of the patients than in the population of normal controls, but a much higher proportion of them will have anti gp70 antibodies in the culture fluid.
EXAMPLE 4. MULTIPLE TUMOR ANTIGEN ASSAY
3C An tumor antigen (on some type of a carrier) is inside the tube during the incubation period of the culture (blood culture). The presence of the tumor antigen serves mainly as a "detector" and "binder" (for ligand) for the tumor SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98I~28~5 PCT/B~'11~00381 antigen specific antibodies that are present (or-being produced) in the culture. It could also serve at the same time as a specific stimulator (specific}of the specific segment of the immune process that is taking place in the tube.
The tumor antigen may be in the tube prior to blood drawn in (or cells added) or added at any time-point during the culture. (Thus it could be in contact during the culture:days, hours or minutes). Thc: tumor antigen can be attached to (or bound to): 1 ) The tube itself either above the level of the culture liquid, at the level of the culture liquid, or below the level of the culture liquid; 2) bound to a nitrocellulose strip; 3)bound to any synthetic carrier (plastic of all sorts);
4) bound to beads, microspheres, etc; 5) be part of a "dry chemistry" (or more exact "dry immunochemistry" system [closed or open]). The surfaces of all the above, (especially beads), can be smooth or grooved or in any other form of shape that will increase its surface area.
The tumor antigen can be bound to all the above carriers directly or via carriers, "arms" and other methods that put a distance between the Ag and the "carrier's"
surface. The tumor antigen can be applied to the "carrier" at any shape or size:
ring around the tube, a line, a dot, a shape of a + or + or P or any other letter or shape.
The tumor antigen can be attached to l:he Garner at one given concentration or at several concentrations, (either as discreet "sites" or as a continuous (or gradient). The tumor antigen can be a i:ew tumor antigens - as more than one tumor antigen can be applied to one tube (or carrier or bead or beads, etc.).
The different tumor antigens can be applied. together (as a mixture) or in groups or individually. When applied to more than one spot, they can be applied using the same shape of mark or using a different one for each tumor antigen.
The detection of the antibodies that bind to the tumor antigen can be done by any of the "developing" and detection systems that are known to date (or that will be found later. The developing reagents c;an be in the tube initially or added at a SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 981Z1~5 PCT/B.97N0381 later time. A very simple method will be to finish the development stage towards the end of the culture period or after the end of it all together. The development is either by direct binding of "tagged" antibodies or by competition assays. T
he "tag" can be an enzyme, a metal, a color colloid, (or fluorescent, luminescent etc.) EXAMPLE 5:
Alloantibodies:
Even after the most careful matching of blood types for blood transfusions the donor may elicit an immune response against some minor histocompatibility antigens, thus alloantibodies will be formed. In most cases this phenomenon does not have major pathological effects. In some patients the response is strong and can cause hemolysis of the donor's blood putting the recipient at greater danger.
These alloantibodies disappear months after the transfi~sion making the next 1 S blood matching for the same individual patient inadequate (the two blood are mixed in vitro to detect adverse reactions but if the antibodies are not there any more the two blood will appear compatible). If the person carries the memory for producing the alloantibodies these will emerge shortly and possibly be lethal shortly after the second transfixsion, putting his/her life at risk.
Using the new culture method a sample of the recipient's blood is cultured and the supernatant fluid is tested for its reactivity with the proposed blood units, thus enabling the choice of units that will not lyse or cause any other damage in vivo.
EXAMPLE 6:
To increase the chances of a transplanted tissue or organ to survive and to be accepted by the recipient two parameters are dealt with in parallel: 1. the immune system is suppressed prior to the transplantation and following it. 2. The tissues are matched in the best way possible. Two main methods for matching : 1.
Antigenic / structural, i.e. major and minor transplantation antigens are identified and the best match sought after. 2. Biological / immunological i.e. testing in vitro SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 25) WO 9822»5 PCTIB.97Ii00.~81 the reaction of the blood (or its components the leukocytes and the plasma) of the recipients with the cells of the donor.
Since much of the antibody repertoire: of the immune system is not active and S secreted in a given time much of the potential humoral response to the transplant cannot be seen by the existing methods. The new culture method exposes these antibodies and testing the culture-supernatant or cells in vitro with the donor's cells can expose dangers prior to the final choice of donor and rejection in vivo that could be stronger the original anticipated and prepared against.
EXAMPLE 7: DETECTION OF ANTIBODIES TO H. PYLORI
Correct interpretation of antibody patterns in seropositive individuals is important in understanding the immunodominan:t epitope mapping. Individuals exposed to an antigen usually mount a broad hunaoral immune response to many antigens.
Early detection of exposure to antigens or the confirmation of the exposure is possible based on this assay.
Strains of Helicobacter pylori have been associated with type B chronic gastritis and may play an etiologic role in peptic ulcer disease. Moreover, recent evidence suggests a role for H. pylori in the development of gastric carcinoma. Methods for detecting infection by H. pylori include the use of a urea breath test and detection of anti-H.pylori antibodies in patients' sera by techniques such as immunofluorescence, latex agglutination, and complement fixation assays.
However, the most commonly used systems are those based on the enzyme-linked imlnunosorbent assay (ELISA.). Most ELISA systems use antigens prepared from whole-cell protein extracts (acid-glycine or whole-cell sorzicates).
This bacteria has many antigenic / immunogenic epitopes or structures. The whole bacteria, or some of its proteins., carbohydrates, mucins, or peptides can serve as antigen for the antibody detection. H. pylori strains originally isolated from U. S. patients are disrupted by sonication. After centrifugation, the supernatants are pooled and plated in 0.05 M carbonate buffer (pH 9.6) onto flat-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) wo 9sr~zs rcriam~oo3si bottomed microtiter wells (Immulon-2, Dynatech Laboratories, Alexandria, Va. ) as test antigen.
Antibodies to H.pylori can be measured separately for IgG, IgA, , IgE, IgD, and IgM by an enzyme immunoassay method. The absorbance readings can be converted to reciprocals of the end-point titers. The high- molecular-weight, cell-associated antigen preparation contains at least two proteins in the molecular-weight range of 400,000-700,000. Thus looking for an antibody (or antibodies) against Helicobacter pylori means using the whole immunogen or segments (peptides) of it as the antigen for the detection systems and tests.
The presents of antibodies against H. pylori is an indication of a peptic ulcer background that which would lead to proper treatment of H. pylori infection thus enabling the healing of the mucosal lining of the digestive system.
EXAMPLE 8: EARLY DETECTION OF ANTIBODIES OF HTLV
Method and Materials:
Heparinized blood samples from blood bank donors in were used in this experiment. One ml. Of blood was mixed with 2 ml. Of complete media and the mitogens. Tubes were cultured in 37 ° c humidified C02 incubator. The culture fluid was tested for the presence of virus-1 specific antibodies using commercial ELISA. The results are O.D. readings. The control readings were Neg:0.006, pos;0.370.
Results:
Table 1: Serology versus the new test for HTLV-1 antibodies:
Serology New-test 1. <0.030 0.230*
2. <0.030 0.070 3. <0.030 0.160 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 982»5 PCTIIIg771~0~381 4. 0.054 C1.300*
5. <0.030 0.102 6. <0.030 0.043 7. <0.030 0..052 8. <0.030 0.090 9. 0.048 0.311 10. <0.030 0.1?0*
11. <0.030 0.023 12. <0.030 0.099 Sample numbers 1, 3, 4, 9, and IO were seronegative to HTLV-I yet antibodies against the virus were detectable after culiture. Samples marked by an asterisk (*) were further confirmed (the cutofffor that run was 0.100 O.D.) EXAMPLE 9: EARLY DETECTION OF SPECIFIC ANTIBODIES
OF HCV EXPOSURE
Correct interpretation of antibody patterns in seropositive individuals understanding the immunodominant e:pitope mapping. There are numerous immunologic epitopes encoded by the HCV genome, both in structural and nonstructural proteins. Infected individuals usually mount a broad humoral immune response- to many antigens; however, no specific antibody pattern has been identified that can differentiate recovery from persistent HCV infection.
In most prospectively followed patients with acute infection, antibodies to core (c22-3) and NS3 (c33-c) antigens develop before and at higher titers than antibodies to other antigens, although in some cases antibodies to NS4 (c-100-3) or to NSS antigens appear first. No se;roconversion pattern has been shown to predict outcome of infection. Immunodominant epitopes have been found within the N-terminus of the core antigen (aa 20 to 34) and within the NS4 region (aa 1712 to 1731), the latter corresponding recombinant antigens (C-22-3 and C-100-3, respectively). Most, if not alI, chronically infected patients have antibodies against the hypervariable 5' end of the E2/NS 1 gene product (gp70).
SUBSTITUTE SWEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZ28Z5 PCTI11.971i00381 Furthermore, biopsy proven chronic hepatitis has been documented both in patients with seemingly acute self limited hepatitis C and in anti-HCV
positive blood donors with persistently normal ALT levels. The documented occurrence of transfusion-associated hepatitis (TAH) C virus in recipients of anti-HCV
S negative blood, the frequent loss of HCV-RNA fi om the serum of patients under interferon treatment with subsequent reappearance of viremia after interferon withdrawl, and the finding of HCV-RNA in the liver of patients with seronegative chronic hepatitis C suggest that neither normalization of ALT, disappearance of anti-HCV antibodies nor disappearance of serum HCV-RNA
necessarily imply complete recovery. Therefore, it seems likely that persistent infection (whether active or quiescent) occurs in the majority of HCV-infected individuals.
Although the mechanisms) underlying HCV persistence are unknown, some observations suggest potential strategies by which HCV might regulate its lytic potential and avoid detection and elimination by the host's immune system.
Since HCV does not replicate through a DNA intermediate, its persistence cannot be explained in terms of latency through integration of viral genome into the host genome.
The currently available diagnostic armamentarium of HCV infection includes serologic assays based on recombinant protein and/or synthetic peptide-based antibody capture assays, gene amplification techniques for detection of HCV-RNA sequences in serum or liver, and immunohistochemical and "in situ"
hybridization techniques for detection of HCV-antigens or HCV-RNA sequences in tissue. Tissue based techniques are in the early stages of development and available in only a limited number of research laboratories. The relationship of HCV detection assays to the clinical course of hepatitis C is shown in Fig. 2-2.
First generation anti-HCV assays detected antibodies to a single recombinant antigen (C-100-3), which corresponds to a small portion of the C'-terminus of SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9812Z»5 PCT/IL97100381 fi7 , NS3 and nearly all of the NS4 gene product expressed in yeast as a fusion protein.
The most extensively evaluated second generation tests (EIA-2) detect antibodies to the core recombinant protein C-22-3 and to a recombinant protein, C-200, representing a composite of recombinar.~t proteins including C-33~ (NS3) and C-100-3 (NS4). EIA-2 increases seroconversian rates in acute, transfusion-associated, or sporadic NANB hepatitiis by 10-20% and shortens the window period between disease onset and seroc;onversion by a mean of 8 weeks; in 70-80% of cases, EIA-2 can detect anti-H(:V within 4 weeks of disease onset.
The most extensively evaluated "confirmatory assay" is a second generation recombinant immunoblot assay (RIBA-2, Chiron Corporation, Emeryville, CA.).
This assay consists of a nitrocellulose strip tp which recombinant HCV
proteins 1 S 5.1.1 (NS4), C-100-3(NS4), C-33-c(NS3) and C-22-3 (core), have been blotted as discrete bands, along two levels of human IgG and superoxide dismutase (SOD) control.
The most consistent IgM anti-HCV response is directed against the nucleocapsid (core) antigen, and in some instances is the first marker of active anti-HCV
seroconversion. Although IgM reactivity is short-lived compared to IgG and hence IgM antibody can be utilized as an acute phase marker of HCV infection.
Sequence diversity in both structural and non-structural coding regions of different HCV isolates can result in false-negative PCR reactivity. Primers specific for the highly conserved 5'UTR should be used to avoid missing viremia due to sequence heterogeneity. The use of nested PCR (double OCR with nested primers), frequently used to increase sE;nsitivity and to avoid the hybridization step, greatly increases the inherent risk of contamination and may yield amplificator products of the expected size that are nonspecific.
Method and Materials:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 985 PCTIIL9'1~100381 Heparinized blood samples from individuals that are folowed due to a high risk of HCV infection were used in this experiment. One ml. of blood was mixed with 2 ml, of complete media, and the mitogen(PWNI) was added. Tubes were cultured in 3 7 ° c humidified COz incubator. The culture fluid was tested for the presence of HCV specific antibodies using ELISA kit (Minoliga). The results are O.D. readings. The cut-off for this run was 0.392. The study center considers positive those that are at lease 1.2 of that cut-oil (-0.470). The confirmation test was for structural and non structural antibodies (in serum only).
Results:
All samples in Table 2. are subjects from high risk groups for Hepatitis C
virus.
All antibodies were Hepatitis C virus specific.
Table 2.
1 S MADA# Serology New-test Co~mation 5312 0.155 0.262 -5313 0.449 0.500 -5314 0.410 0.557 +
5315 0.159 0.165 un 5316 0.342 0.553 5317 0.502 1.015 -5318 0.516 0.761 +/-5319 0.246 0.498 +/-5320 0.430 0.366 -un = undetermined Sample 5319 is a clear example of better detection via culture than via serology.
Since the cutofrwas close to 0.4 O.D. Sample 5314 is also a clear positive (also confirmed) only after culture. Further studies in population of individuals with an initial positive or boarder line ELISA in one test.
R_ esults:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCTIB.97100381 Table 3.
Donor No. O.D.ratio in O.D.ratio in Confirmation - serum supernatant 5328 3.12 3.29 -5329 1.93 1.88 +
5330 1.11 0.92 -5331 5.51 2.14 +
5332 5.56 5.98 +
5321 1.70 1.99 -5322 1.08 2.3 5 -5323 0.58 ~ 0.30 un 5324 0.61 1.32 -5325 1.10 2.01 -5326 1.31 2.05 +
5327 3.62 5.90 +
un = undetermined Confirmation was only done using the structural and non structural protein antibody-test in the serum. Sample 532.?, 5325, 5326 are examples of a positive diagnosis only after culture.
EXAMPLE 10: ELISPOT DETECTION
Method and Materials:
This invention contemplates an antibody-detection system such as ELISPOT in which cells which actively secrete the specific antibody are detected and may be counted.
Method and Materials:
Inactivated whole SIV was applied onto a nitrocellulose membranes in a 96 well plate. SIV was washed off and the membranes blocked with 0.2% non fat SUBSTITUTE SMEET (RULE 26) WO ~ PCT/n.971~Op381 powdered milk. At limiting dilutions the cells were added to the wells and incubated for 6 hours. The plates were rinsed SX with PBS-Tween and then developed using antibody a Human IgG (which also binds Monkey IgG) and a non soluble product of a color reagant to visualize the dots where SIV pecific 5 antibodies (secreted by the cells) bound to the SIV in the well. The purple-blue spots were counted under x4 (or x10) magnification. The frequency and number of SIV specific cells was calculated by standard methods of limiting dilution.
Herparinized blood samples from Sooty Mangabey monkeys that have already 10 been identified as silent carriers of SIV, and from some positive and negative controls were used in this experiment. One ml. Of blood was mixed with 2 ml.
Of complete media. Each of the mitogens was tested in a separate tube. Tubes were cultured in 37°c humidified COz. The culture fluid was tested for the presence of SIV specific antibodies using an in-house SIV ELISA kit with 15 disrupted and inactivated whole SIV particles were used as antigen. The results are O.D. readings.
Results:
Table 5.
20 Frequency of anti SIV Ig secreting B cells Monkev Anti SIV SeroloQV Anti SIV Ig B Cells/ Anti SN Ig B Cells Total B Ceils 10B PBL
Sooty mangabey + 1/300 3,333 25 Sooty mangabey + 1/218 4,587 Rhesus macaque + 1/600 1,666 Rhesus macaque + 1/400 2,500 Rhesus macaque - 0 0 Sooty mangabey - 0 0 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98825 PGTIB.971i00381 SIV specific B cells which actively secrete antibodies can be detected oniy in seropositive monkeys Table 6.
Comparison of ELISPO'.C with ELISA titers from Cultures with PWM from Seronegative Mangabeys Monkeys Monkey ELISA O.D. EI~ISPOT Frequent No.of cells/10B
1 0. 003 t 0. 006 <p/ 106 0/ 106 2 0.342 ~ 0.037 1/2168 461/106 3 0.105 t 0.042 1/9775 102/106 4 0.409 ~ 0.063 1/5866 171/106 5 0.045 ~ 0.021 <l./20,000 <50/10B
Monkey # 1 was a true negative for SIV. (Cells were taken from a seronegative rhesus macaque.) No SIV specific cells 'were detected.
While no SIV antibody producing cells are detectable in seronegative monkeys even if they are (silent) carriers the SIV primed B cells can be detected by ELISPOT after culturing. They also have detectable antibodies in the culture.
The frequency and number of the SN specific cells in a "silent carrier" is much lower than in a seropositive SIV carrier.
EXAMPLE 11: WESTERN BLIJT DETECTION
The new method was also used with Western blot as the detection method. From this work the following was shown for ;;IV and HIV: 1. All positive serum samples were positive post culture too; :?. No bands were lost due to the culture phase; 3.In some seropositive cases the culture stage led to additional positive bands; 4.In seronegative high risk individuals (and monkeys) that had positive ELISA tests clear bands of all the major HIV (and SIV) proteins showed reactivity. Some samples had only part of the bands, usually env and core.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98/2Z8Z5 PCT/B.9?100381 EXAMPLE 12. EARLY DETECTION OF HEPATTTIS B (HBV) There is window period of at least several weeks between infection and antibody formation in vivo up to detectable levels in current diagnostic tests (usually ELISA). Screening a population for the presence of HBV specific antibodies (using ELISA) both in scrum/Plasma and in the supernatant fluid of the culture using the new method and kit will show that: All seropositives will be positive by the new method too (100% relative specificity) While some of the seronegative samples will be positive using the new method and kit. At a later time point these new-method-positives will seroconvert thus clearly showing the true specificity of the assay(not false positive results in the discordant samples) and its superior sensitivity. Other ways of proving the presence of the infection can be used such as PCR.
Antibody to Hepatitis B core antigen (anti-HBc) - All blood transfused in the U. S. is screened for anti-HBc. Although initially introduced as a surrogate test for non-A-non-B hepatitis, it is now used as a "lifestyle" indicator to detect protential carriers of other viruses (such as HIV) and as a test to detect the rare Hepatitis B carrier who is antigen negative but still infectious (anti-HBc alone [without anti Hbs] has been shown to have the potential to transmit Hepatitis B).
The current test for anti-HBc is an ELISA.
EXAMPLE 13. EARLY DETECTION OF HPV
Women at very early stages of the HPV infection might not be detected using a cervical smear test. The value of antibody testing is not very clear but even if antibodies are not produced in easily detectable levels the new method might offer an opportunity to try screening and very early detection using the new method and kit.
EXAMPLE I4. EARLY DETECTION OF CYTOMEGALOVIRUS (CMV) The prevalence on CMV exposure ir. the adult population is quite high, and not all blood units are screened for CMV. Yet, new born babies, and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98225 PCT/B.97Ji00~381 7:3 immunosuppressed individuals (such zis cancer patients under radiation or chemotherapy, or pstients after a tissue transplant) could get a deadly post transfusion infection if given CMV infected blood. Thus some 40% of the blood is screened for CMV as only CMV negative blood can be given to these patients.
Some of these CMV-negative units do transmit CMV leading to grave situations.
CMV- Although most Cytomegalovirus (CMS infections are subclinicza, this virus is associated with three major clinical states: 1., congenital defects after intranterine infection; 2., neonatal infection and death; 3., CMV pneumonia in immunosuppressed hosts, especially those undergoing bone marrow transplantation. About half the U. S. population has been infected, and a - significant proportion of these will still harbor the virus (latent) even though they are well and have antibodies. The virus can be activated in the host under a variety of conditions. CMV is also transmitted by blood transfusion when given to CMV negative recipients. Because of its clinical significance, blood transfusions given to susceptible CMV negative patients are often screened for antibody to CMV, and if positive, such units are withheld from transfusion.
Perhaps 1/3 of units transfused in the U.S. are screened for CMV antibody so that adequate stock of CMV-negative blood could be available if needed.
EXAMPLE 15:
As to the "predictive value" of the culture essay . In over 60 other "silent carrier"
monkeys that did not seroconvert during the same length of follow-up, all the O.D. readings post culture were positive but low (~ X2 of the negative control of the assay). Figures lA-1F.
Materials and Methods:
Test for serum and post-culture antibodies at given intervals (on the first 2-months after the initial positive culture-Antibody test once a week, if no seroconversion occurred till then one can be considered a "silent carrier" and be followed once a month or so). An increase in O.D. reading (or ratio) of more SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98~2~5 PCT/B.97Ii00381 than 50% in two successive measures (or 100% increase in one) is an indication of a seroconversion in the near future.
Discussion:
Sequential O.D. reading (y axis) for SIV specific antibodies of cultures blood samples taken at different time points (x axis). Figures 1B-1F each represents monkey. In addition to these 5 examples of seroconversion more than 60 other monkeys (Mangabeys) were followed for 2 years. Their level of in vitro SIV
antibody production remained always low positive. None of those 60 seroconverted during the follow up. There were 3 additional monkeys whose in vitro level of SIV antibodies rose only at the seroconversion sample. SIV
antibody level rose markedly and steadily prior to seroconversion. Thus predicting the seroconversion months ahead of time.
The importance of this prediction stems from several factors: a) The shift from Thl to Th2 response against the virus (HIV for example) leads not only to seroconversion but also to a pathological sequels at a fixture date; b) the seroconversion process is usually preceded by a surge in viral replication.
Therefore, anti viral treatment, which would not be recommended at the latent preseroconversion state would be very efficient at that stage (it might even be able to revert the process and prevent the seroconversion; c) there could be a recommendation to use at the point of pre-seroconversion some treatment that will suppress the humoral arm or have other beneficiary effects on the immune balance so as to enter the seropositive state at an immune set-up that will offer a longer asymptomatic period, better coping with the surging infection. Figures lA-1F shows that the level of O.D. reading on ELISA , post culture, can differentiate between true negative, sero positive, and silent infection/
exposure.
EXAMPLE 16. PREDICTIVE VALUE OF ASSAY IN A FtUMAN
Table 7 Anti HIV Ab ELISA O.D
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9gPCT/iL.9'11~00381 7'.i Time post Negative Serology IVAP PCRandISEi exposure control c/o 1 week 0.061 0.020 0.015 nd 2 weeks 0.054 0.038 0.148 -4 weeks 0.034 0.008 0.209 2 months 0.088 0.022 0.428 +
3 months 0.065 0.021 0.490 +
5 months 0.057 0.032 0.212 Follow-uQof a needle stick injury HIV specific antibodies from a subject in the in vitro antibody production (IVAP) test were detected using GENELAVIA and fizrther confirmed on ELAVIA (both by Diagnostic Pasteur). PCR was run in two different laboratories and ISH (In Situ Hybridization) in a third one. A positive result means positive in all three.
As shown in Table 6, a rise in O.D. (=antibody level) of culture cells preceeds a clear positive PCR test, i.e. preceeds a rise in infectious load. Detection of HIV
antibodies is at two weeks.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26)
OF HCV EXPOSURE
Correct interpretation of antibody patterns in seropositive individuals understanding the immunodominant e:pitope mapping. There are numerous immunologic epitopes encoded by the HCV genome, both in structural and nonstructural proteins. Infected individuals usually mount a broad humoral immune response- to many antigens; however, no specific antibody pattern has been identified that can differentiate recovery from persistent HCV infection.
In most prospectively followed patients with acute infection, antibodies to core (c22-3) and NS3 (c33-c) antigens develop before and at higher titers than antibodies to other antigens, although in some cases antibodies to NS4 (c-100-3) or to NSS antigens appear first. No se;roconversion pattern has been shown to predict outcome of infection. Immunodominant epitopes have been found within the N-terminus of the core antigen (aa 20 to 34) and within the NS4 region (aa 1712 to 1731), the latter corresponding recombinant antigens (C-22-3 and C-100-3, respectively). Most, if not alI, chronically infected patients have antibodies against the hypervariable 5' end of the E2/NS 1 gene product (gp70).
SUBSTITUTE SWEET (RULE 26) WO 98IZ28Z5 PCTI11.971i00381 Furthermore, biopsy proven chronic hepatitis has been documented both in patients with seemingly acute self limited hepatitis C and in anti-HCV
positive blood donors with persistently normal ALT levels. The documented occurrence of transfusion-associated hepatitis (TAH) C virus in recipients of anti-HCV
S negative blood, the frequent loss of HCV-RNA fi om the serum of patients under interferon treatment with subsequent reappearance of viremia after interferon withdrawl, and the finding of HCV-RNA in the liver of patients with seronegative chronic hepatitis C suggest that neither normalization of ALT, disappearance of anti-HCV antibodies nor disappearance of serum HCV-RNA
necessarily imply complete recovery. Therefore, it seems likely that persistent infection (whether active or quiescent) occurs in the majority of HCV-infected individuals.
Although the mechanisms) underlying HCV persistence are unknown, some observations suggest potential strategies by which HCV might regulate its lytic potential and avoid detection and elimination by the host's immune system.
Since HCV does not replicate through a DNA intermediate, its persistence cannot be explained in terms of latency through integration of viral genome into the host genome.
The currently available diagnostic armamentarium of HCV infection includes serologic assays based on recombinant protein and/or synthetic peptide-based antibody capture assays, gene amplification techniques for detection of HCV-RNA sequences in serum or liver, and immunohistochemical and "in situ"
hybridization techniques for detection of HCV-antigens or HCV-RNA sequences in tissue. Tissue based techniques are in the early stages of development and available in only a limited number of research laboratories. The relationship of HCV detection assays to the clinical course of hepatitis C is shown in Fig. 2-2.
First generation anti-HCV assays detected antibodies to a single recombinant antigen (C-100-3), which corresponds to a small portion of the C'-terminus of SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9812Z»5 PCT/IL97100381 fi7 , NS3 and nearly all of the NS4 gene product expressed in yeast as a fusion protein.
The most extensively evaluated second generation tests (EIA-2) detect antibodies to the core recombinant protein C-22-3 and to a recombinant protein, C-200, representing a composite of recombinar.~t proteins including C-33~ (NS3) and C-100-3 (NS4). EIA-2 increases seroconversian rates in acute, transfusion-associated, or sporadic NANB hepatitiis by 10-20% and shortens the window period between disease onset and seroc;onversion by a mean of 8 weeks; in 70-80% of cases, EIA-2 can detect anti-H(:V within 4 weeks of disease onset.
The most extensively evaluated "confirmatory assay" is a second generation recombinant immunoblot assay (RIBA-2, Chiron Corporation, Emeryville, CA.).
This assay consists of a nitrocellulose strip tp which recombinant HCV
proteins 1 S 5.1.1 (NS4), C-100-3(NS4), C-33-c(NS3) and C-22-3 (core), have been blotted as discrete bands, along two levels of human IgG and superoxide dismutase (SOD) control.
The most consistent IgM anti-HCV response is directed against the nucleocapsid (core) antigen, and in some instances is the first marker of active anti-HCV
seroconversion. Although IgM reactivity is short-lived compared to IgG and hence IgM antibody can be utilized as an acute phase marker of HCV infection.
Sequence diversity in both structural and non-structural coding regions of different HCV isolates can result in false-negative PCR reactivity. Primers specific for the highly conserved 5'UTR should be used to avoid missing viremia due to sequence heterogeneity. The use of nested PCR (double OCR with nested primers), frequently used to increase sE;nsitivity and to avoid the hybridization step, greatly increases the inherent risk of contamination and may yield amplificator products of the expected size that are nonspecific.
Method and Materials:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 985 PCTIIL9'1~100381 Heparinized blood samples from individuals that are folowed due to a high risk of HCV infection were used in this experiment. One ml. of blood was mixed with 2 ml, of complete media, and the mitogen(PWNI) was added. Tubes were cultured in 3 7 ° c humidified COz incubator. The culture fluid was tested for the presence of HCV specific antibodies using ELISA kit (Minoliga). The results are O.D. readings. The cut-off for this run was 0.392. The study center considers positive those that are at lease 1.2 of that cut-oil (-0.470). The confirmation test was for structural and non structural antibodies (in serum only).
Results:
All samples in Table 2. are subjects from high risk groups for Hepatitis C
virus.
All antibodies were Hepatitis C virus specific.
Table 2.
1 S MADA# Serology New-test Co~mation 5312 0.155 0.262 -5313 0.449 0.500 -5314 0.410 0.557 +
5315 0.159 0.165 un 5316 0.342 0.553 5317 0.502 1.015 -5318 0.516 0.761 +/-5319 0.246 0.498 +/-5320 0.430 0.366 -un = undetermined Sample 5319 is a clear example of better detection via culture than via serology.
Since the cutofrwas close to 0.4 O.D. Sample 5314 is also a clear positive (also confirmed) only after culture. Further studies in population of individuals with an initial positive or boarder line ELISA in one test.
R_ esults:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO PCTIB.97100381 Table 3.
Donor No. O.D.ratio in O.D.ratio in Confirmation - serum supernatant 5328 3.12 3.29 -5329 1.93 1.88 +
5330 1.11 0.92 -5331 5.51 2.14 +
5332 5.56 5.98 +
5321 1.70 1.99 -5322 1.08 2.3 5 -5323 0.58 ~ 0.30 un 5324 0.61 1.32 -5325 1.10 2.01 -5326 1.31 2.05 +
5327 3.62 5.90 +
un = undetermined Confirmation was only done using the structural and non structural protein antibody-test in the serum. Sample 532.?, 5325, 5326 are examples of a positive diagnosis only after culture.
EXAMPLE 10: ELISPOT DETECTION
Method and Materials:
This invention contemplates an antibody-detection system such as ELISPOT in which cells which actively secrete the specific antibody are detected and may be counted.
Method and Materials:
Inactivated whole SIV was applied onto a nitrocellulose membranes in a 96 well plate. SIV was washed off and the membranes blocked with 0.2% non fat SUBSTITUTE SMEET (RULE 26) WO ~ PCT/n.971~Op381 powdered milk. At limiting dilutions the cells were added to the wells and incubated for 6 hours. The plates were rinsed SX with PBS-Tween and then developed using antibody a Human IgG (which also binds Monkey IgG) and a non soluble product of a color reagant to visualize the dots where SIV pecific 5 antibodies (secreted by the cells) bound to the SIV in the well. The purple-blue spots were counted under x4 (or x10) magnification. The frequency and number of SIV specific cells was calculated by standard methods of limiting dilution.
Herparinized blood samples from Sooty Mangabey monkeys that have already 10 been identified as silent carriers of SIV, and from some positive and negative controls were used in this experiment. One ml. Of blood was mixed with 2 ml.
Of complete media. Each of the mitogens was tested in a separate tube. Tubes were cultured in 37°c humidified COz. The culture fluid was tested for the presence of SIV specific antibodies using an in-house SIV ELISA kit with 15 disrupted and inactivated whole SIV particles were used as antigen. The results are O.D. readings.
Results:
Table 5.
20 Frequency of anti SIV Ig secreting B cells Monkev Anti SIV SeroloQV Anti SIV Ig B Cells/ Anti SN Ig B Cells Total B Ceils 10B PBL
Sooty mangabey + 1/300 3,333 25 Sooty mangabey + 1/218 4,587 Rhesus macaque + 1/600 1,666 Rhesus macaque + 1/400 2,500 Rhesus macaque - 0 0 Sooty mangabey - 0 0 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98825 PGTIB.971i00381 SIV specific B cells which actively secrete antibodies can be detected oniy in seropositive monkeys Table 6.
Comparison of ELISPO'.C with ELISA titers from Cultures with PWM from Seronegative Mangabeys Monkeys Monkey ELISA O.D. EI~ISPOT Frequent No.of cells/10B
1 0. 003 t 0. 006 <p/ 106 0/ 106 2 0.342 ~ 0.037 1/2168 461/106 3 0.105 t 0.042 1/9775 102/106 4 0.409 ~ 0.063 1/5866 171/106 5 0.045 ~ 0.021 <l./20,000 <50/10B
Monkey # 1 was a true negative for SIV. (Cells were taken from a seronegative rhesus macaque.) No SIV specific cells 'were detected.
While no SIV antibody producing cells are detectable in seronegative monkeys even if they are (silent) carriers the SIV primed B cells can be detected by ELISPOT after culturing. They also have detectable antibodies in the culture.
The frequency and number of the SN specific cells in a "silent carrier" is much lower than in a seropositive SIV carrier.
EXAMPLE 11: WESTERN BLIJT DETECTION
The new method was also used with Western blot as the detection method. From this work the following was shown for ;;IV and HIV: 1. All positive serum samples were positive post culture too; :?. No bands were lost due to the culture phase; 3.In some seropositive cases the culture stage led to additional positive bands; 4.In seronegative high risk individuals (and monkeys) that had positive ELISA tests clear bands of all the major HIV (and SIV) proteins showed reactivity. Some samples had only part of the bands, usually env and core.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98/2Z8Z5 PCT/B.9?100381 EXAMPLE 12. EARLY DETECTION OF HEPATTTIS B (HBV) There is window period of at least several weeks between infection and antibody formation in vivo up to detectable levels in current diagnostic tests (usually ELISA). Screening a population for the presence of HBV specific antibodies (using ELISA) both in scrum/Plasma and in the supernatant fluid of the culture using the new method and kit will show that: All seropositives will be positive by the new method too (100% relative specificity) While some of the seronegative samples will be positive using the new method and kit. At a later time point these new-method-positives will seroconvert thus clearly showing the true specificity of the assay(not false positive results in the discordant samples) and its superior sensitivity. Other ways of proving the presence of the infection can be used such as PCR.
Antibody to Hepatitis B core antigen (anti-HBc) - All blood transfused in the U. S. is screened for anti-HBc. Although initially introduced as a surrogate test for non-A-non-B hepatitis, it is now used as a "lifestyle" indicator to detect protential carriers of other viruses (such as HIV) and as a test to detect the rare Hepatitis B carrier who is antigen negative but still infectious (anti-HBc alone [without anti Hbs] has been shown to have the potential to transmit Hepatitis B).
The current test for anti-HBc is an ELISA.
EXAMPLE 13. EARLY DETECTION OF HPV
Women at very early stages of the HPV infection might not be detected using a cervical smear test. The value of antibody testing is not very clear but even if antibodies are not produced in easily detectable levels the new method might offer an opportunity to try screening and very early detection using the new method and kit.
EXAMPLE I4. EARLY DETECTION OF CYTOMEGALOVIRUS (CMV) The prevalence on CMV exposure ir. the adult population is quite high, and not all blood units are screened for CMV. Yet, new born babies, and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98225 PCT/B.97Ji00~381 7:3 immunosuppressed individuals (such zis cancer patients under radiation or chemotherapy, or pstients after a tissue transplant) could get a deadly post transfusion infection if given CMV infected blood. Thus some 40% of the blood is screened for CMV as only CMV negative blood can be given to these patients.
Some of these CMV-negative units do transmit CMV leading to grave situations.
CMV- Although most Cytomegalovirus (CMS infections are subclinicza, this virus is associated with three major clinical states: 1., congenital defects after intranterine infection; 2., neonatal infection and death; 3., CMV pneumonia in immunosuppressed hosts, especially those undergoing bone marrow transplantation. About half the U. S. population has been infected, and a - significant proportion of these will still harbor the virus (latent) even though they are well and have antibodies. The virus can be activated in the host under a variety of conditions. CMV is also transmitted by blood transfusion when given to CMV negative recipients. Because of its clinical significance, blood transfusions given to susceptible CMV negative patients are often screened for antibody to CMV, and if positive, such units are withheld from transfusion.
Perhaps 1/3 of units transfused in the U.S. are screened for CMV antibody so that adequate stock of CMV-negative blood could be available if needed.
EXAMPLE 15:
As to the "predictive value" of the culture essay . In over 60 other "silent carrier"
monkeys that did not seroconvert during the same length of follow-up, all the O.D. readings post culture were positive but low (~ X2 of the negative control of the assay). Figures lA-1F.
Materials and Methods:
Test for serum and post-culture antibodies at given intervals (on the first 2-months after the initial positive culture-Antibody test once a week, if no seroconversion occurred till then one can be considered a "silent carrier" and be followed once a month or so). An increase in O.D. reading (or ratio) of more SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 98~2~5 PCT/B.97Ii00381 than 50% in two successive measures (or 100% increase in one) is an indication of a seroconversion in the near future.
Discussion:
Sequential O.D. reading (y axis) for SIV specific antibodies of cultures blood samples taken at different time points (x axis). Figures 1B-1F each represents monkey. In addition to these 5 examples of seroconversion more than 60 other monkeys (Mangabeys) were followed for 2 years. Their level of in vitro SIV
antibody production remained always low positive. None of those 60 seroconverted during the follow up. There were 3 additional monkeys whose in vitro level of SIV antibodies rose only at the seroconversion sample. SIV
antibody level rose markedly and steadily prior to seroconversion. Thus predicting the seroconversion months ahead of time.
The importance of this prediction stems from several factors: a) The shift from Thl to Th2 response against the virus (HIV for example) leads not only to seroconversion but also to a pathological sequels at a fixture date; b) the seroconversion process is usually preceded by a surge in viral replication.
Therefore, anti viral treatment, which would not be recommended at the latent preseroconversion state would be very efficient at that stage (it might even be able to revert the process and prevent the seroconversion; c) there could be a recommendation to use at the point of pre-seroconversion some treatment that will suppress the humoral arm or have other beneficiary effects on the immune balance so as to enter the seropositive state at an immune set-up that will offer a longer asymptomatic period, better coping with the surging infection. Figures lA-1F shows that the level of O.D. reading on ELISA , post culture, can differentiate between true negative, sero positive, and silent infection/
exposure.
EXAMPLE 16. PREDICTIVE VALUE OF ASSAY IN A FtUMAN
Table 7 Anti HIV Ab ELISA O.D
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 9gPCT/iL.9'11~00381 7'.i Time post Negative Serology IVAP PCRandISEi exposure control c/o 1 week 0.061 0.020 0.015 nd 2 weeks 0.054 0.038 0.148 -4 weeks 0.034 0.008 0.209 2 months 0.088 0.022 0.428 +
3 months 0.065 0.021 0.490 +
5 months 0.057 0.032 0.212 Follow-uQof a needle stick injury HIV specific antibodies from a subject in the in vitro antibody production (IVAP) test were detected using GENELAVIA and fizrther confirmed on ELAVIA (both by Diagnostic Pasteur). PCR was run in two different laboratories and ISH (In Situ Hybridization) in a third one. A positive result means positive in all three.
As shown in Table 6, a rise in O.D. (=antibody level) of culture cells preceeds a clear positive PCR test, i.e. preceeds a rise in infectious load. Detection of HIV
antibodies is at two weeks.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26)
Claims (35)
1. An in vitro method for the detection of tumor antigen associated antibodies in a sample obtained from a subject, comprising the following steps:
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to tumor antigen associated antibody production and the expression of tumor antigen specific antibodies;
c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form;
and d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c);
wherein the presence of antigen specific antibodies is indicative of the subject being with a tumor.
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to tumor antigen associated antibody production and the expression of tumor antigen specific antibodies;
c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form;
and d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c);
wherein the presence of antigen specific antibodies is indicative of the subject being with a tumor.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the culture of step b) results in a supernatant, and the supernatant is exposed to an tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the culture of step b) results in cellular fraction which is exposed to an antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the mitogen is an activator of lymphocytic cells.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the mitogen is pokeweed mitogen, a lectin, a bacterial endotoxin, a tumor antigen, lipid A, or a lymphokine.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the mitogen is pokeweed mitogen.
7. A method for screening a subject having ovarian or breast cancer, comprising the following steps:
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to tumor antigen associated antibody production and the expression of tumor antigen specific antibodies;
c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form;
and d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c);
wherein the presence of tumor antigen specific antibodies is indicative of the having ovarian or breast cancer.
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a mitogen with or without antigen containing media, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to tumor antigen associated antibody production and the expression of tumor antigen specific antibodies;
c) exposing the resultant culture of step b) to an tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form;
and d) detecting the antigen-antibody immune complex of step c);
wherein the presence of tumor antigen specific antibodies is indicative of the having ovarian or breast cancer.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the culture of step b) results in a supernatant, and the supernatant is exposed to an tumor antigen, thereby allowing an antigen-antibody immune complex to form.
9. The method of claim 7, wherein the mitogen is an activator of lymphocytic cells.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the mitogen is pokeweed mitogen, a lectin, a bacterial endotoxin, a tumor antigen, lipid A, cytokine, or a lymphokine.
11. The method of claim 9, wherein the mitogen is pokeweed mitogen.
12. A method of detecting a subject with a tumor , comprising the following steps:
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to tumor antigen associated antibody production;
c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences;
d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence of a tumor antigen associated antibody , under hybridizing conditions;
e) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; and i) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the tumor antigen.
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to tumor antigen associated antibody production;
c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences;
d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence of a tumor antigen associated antibody , under hybridizing conditions;
e) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; and i) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the tumor antigen.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the nucleic acid sequence is DNA, RNA or cDNA.
14. The method of claim 12, wherein the :tingle-stranded oligonucleotide primers are labeled with biotin.
15. The method of claim 12, wherein the single-stranded oligonucleotide probes are labeled with fluorescein.
16. The method of claim 12, wherein the marker is alkaline-phosphatase.
17. The method of claim 12, wherein the mitogen is an activator of lymphocytic cells.
18. The method of claim 12, wherein the mitogen is pokeweed mitogen, a lectin, a bacterial endotoxin, a virus, lipid A, or a lymphokine.
19. A kit for the detection of specific tumor antigen associated antibody from a subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific tumor antigen associated antibody.
20. The kit of claim 19, wherein the assay is an enzyme linked immunosorbent assay, or an immunofluorescence assay.
21. The kit of claim 19, wherein the container is made of a plastic, glass, or metal material.
22. The kit of claim 21, wherein the container is a test tube or a flask.
23. The kit of claim 22, wherein the container is vacuum sealed.
24. The kit of claim 19, wherein an tumor antigen is bound to the container.
25. The kit of claim 24, wherein multiple tumor antigens are bound to the container.
26. A method of detecting a subject exposed to an antigen , comprising the following steps:
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences;
d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence of a antigen specific antibody, under hybridizing conditions;
e) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product;
and i) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the antigen.
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences;
d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence of a antigen specific antibody, under hybridizing conditions;
e) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product;
and i) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the antigen.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the nucleic acid sequence is DNA, RNA or cDNA.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the single-stranded oligonucleotide primers are labeled with biotin.
29. The method of claim 27, wherein the single-stranded oligonucleotide probes are labeled with fluorescein.
30. The method of claim 27, wherein the marker is alkaline-phosphatase.
31. The method of claim 27, wherein the mitogen is an activator of lymphocytic cells.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the mitogen is pokeweed mitogen, a lectin, a bacterial endotoxin, a virus, lipid A, or a lymphokine.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the mitogen is pokeweed mitogen.
34. A kit for the detection of specific antibodies resulting from exposure to an antigen from a subject, comprising: a container for collecting whole blood samples, wherein the container contains a media containing mitogen with or without antigen, effective to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production and an assay for the detection of the specific antigen antibody.
35. A method of detecting a subject infected with a virus , comprising the following steps:
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences;
d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence of a virus specific antibody, under hybridizing conditions;
e) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; and i) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the virus
a) obtaining a whole blood sample from the subject;
b) incubating the whole blood sample in a culture in the presence of a media containing a mitogen with or without antigen, so as to induce polyclonal and specific activation of lymphocytic cells leading to antibody production;
c) exposing the cells so as to separately recover nucleic acid sequences;
d) contacting the resulting nucleic acid sequences with single-stranded labeled oligonucleotide primers, the primers being capable of specifically hybridizing with nucleic acid sequence of a virus specific antibody, under hybridizing conditions;
e) amplifying any nucleic acid sequences to which a pair of primers hybridizes so as to obtain a double-stranded amplification product; and i) detecting the presence of the amplification product, the presence thereof being indicative of the presence of the virus
Applications Claiming Priority (15)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US75541296A | 1996-11-22 | 1996-11-22 | |
US75523296A | 1996-11-22 | 1996-11-22 | |
US75524096A | 1996-11-22 | 1996-11-22 | |
US75541596A | 1996-11-22 | 1996-11-22 | |
US75541496A | 1996-11-22 | 1996-11-22 | |
US08/755,415 | 1996-11-22 | ||
US08/755,414 | 1996-11-22 | ||
US08/755,240 | 1996-11-22 | ||
US08/755,413 | 1996-11-22 | ||
US08/755,413 US6322989B1 (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1996-11-22 | Whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject with ovarian or breast cancer and kit |
US08/755,232 | 1996-11-22 | ||
US08/755,287 | 1996-11-22 | ||
US08/755,287 US20020006608A1 (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1996-11-22 | Whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject infected with hepatitis c virus and kit |
US08/755,412 | 1996-11-22 | ||
PCT/IL1997/000381 WO1998022825A2 (en) | 1996-11-22 | 1997-11-21 | A whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject with cancer and kit |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2272924A1 true CA2272924A1 (en) | 1998-05-28 |
Family
ID=27569910
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002272924A Abandoned CA2272924A1 (en) | 1996-11-22 | 1997-11-21 | A whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject with cancer and kit |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0943095A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2001504233A (en) |
AU (1) | AU5066098A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2272924A1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL130074A0 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1998022825A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2237589A1 (en) | 1995-11-16 | 1997-05-22 | Michael W. Dahm | Method of quantifying tumour cells in a body fluid and a suitable test kit |
DE19804372A1 (en) | 1998-02-04 | 1999-08-05 | Michael W Dr Dr Dahm | Method for the quantitative determination of tumor cells in a body fluid and suitable test kits |
WO2006036788A2 (en) * | 2004-09-22 | 2006-04-06 | Tripath Imaging, Inc. | Methods and compositions for evaluating breast cancer prognosis |
CN101044249B (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2012-09-05 | 日立化成工业株式会社 | Method for tailoring administration of drugs by quantitation of mRNA |
WO2009070442A2 (en) | 2007-11-14 | 2009-06-04 | Hitachi Chemical Co. Ltd. | Fc receptor-mediated tumor necrosis factor superfamily mrna expression in peripheral blood leukocytes |
US11028443B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2021-06-08 | Showa Denko Materials Co., Ltd. | Molecular methods for assessing urothelial disease |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0203403B1 (en) * | 1985-05-01 | 1992-10-28 | Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | A cloned t cell capable of recognizing tumors and a t cell antigen receptor |
CA1305912C (en) * | 1987-06-22 | 1992-08-04 | Richard J. Albertini | Detection of lymphocyte amplification |
CA2200363A1 (en) * | 1991-11-25 | 1993-05-26 | Tamar Jehuda-Cohen | Method and kit for the detection of antibodies directed against a virus |
WO1993014189A1 (en) * | 1992-01-21 | 1993-07-22 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Method for determining cytolytic t cell precursors |
CA2134460A1 (en) * | 1992-04-30 | 1993-11-11 | Kazuhiko Yamamoto | Method for detecting expression of t cell receptor genes |
DE19515219A1 (en) * | 1995-04-28 | 1996-10-31 | Gabriele Dr Pecher | Assay for tumour-specific cytotoxic T cells |
-
1997
- 1997-11-21 CA CA002272924A patent/CA2272924A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1997-11-21 WO PCT/IL1997/000381 patent/WO1998022825A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1997-11-21 JP JP52342398A patent/JP2001504233A/en active Pending
- 1997-11-21 IL IL13007497A patent/IL130074A0/en unknown
- 1997-11-21 EP EP97913412A patent/EP0943095A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1997-11-21 AU AU50660/98A patent/AU5066098A/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO1998022825A3 (en) | 1998-08-06 |
WO1998022825A2 (en) | 1998-05-28 |
EP0943095A2 (en) | 1999-09-22 |
JP2001504233A (en) | 2001-03-27 |
IL130074A0 (en) | 2000-02-29 |
AU5066098A (en) | 1998-06-10 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US4661445A (en) | Competitive ELISA for the detection of HTLV-III antibodies | |
CN105228649B (en) | HCV Ag-Ab combination measurement is with method and used in composition therein | |
Strand et al. | Type-C RNA virus gene expression in human tissue | |
JP3514729B2 (en) | Method for measuring hepatitis C virus | |
JP3171827B2 (en) | Virus detection or measurement method | |
JPS59113898A (en) | How to detect tumorigenicity | |
JPH1081700A (en) | Diagnostic peptide for htvl-iii antibody, its production and use | |
EP1691198B1 (en) | Method of detecting hepatitis c virus | |
US20020006608A1 (en) | Whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject infected with hepatitis c virus and kit | |
KR100730529B1 (en) | Method for detection or determination of hcv core antigens and reagent for detection or determination for use therein | |
KR20160097219A (en) | Improved diagnostic test for csfv antibodies | |
US20060188519A1 (en) | Peptides, antibodies, and methods for the diagnosis of SARS | |
US6322989B1 (en) | Whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject with ovarian or breast cancer and kit | |
TW201300421A (en) | Reagents and methods for PRRSV detection | |
JP2001505778A (en) | Novel EIA test using non-dentured HIV antigen for early detection of HIV infection | |
Bolognesi et al. | Immunological properties of avian oncornavirus polypeptides | |
CA2272924A1 (en) | A whole blood/mitogen assay for the early detection of a subject with cancer and kit | |
Nobuo et al. | Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for IgG and IgM antibodies against human parvovirus B19: use of monoclonal antibodies and viral antigen propagated in vitro | |
CN101523216B (en) | Method of detecting antibodies against a series of human immunodeficiency virus proteins | |
JP3847257B2 (en) | HBV detection or measurement method | |
Bentvelzen et al. | Genetic control of endogenous murine mammary tumour viruses reinvestigated | |
JPH0940694A (en) | Synthetic peptide of hepatitis gb virus and its use | |
JP3987430B2 (en) | Antibody to Norwalk virus and virus detection method using this antibody | |
Razafimahefa et al. | Development of a Specific Anti-capsid Antibody-and Magnetic Bead-Based Immunoassay to Detect Human Norovirus Particles in Stool Samples and Spiked Mussels via Flow Cytometry | |
NZ219382A (en) | Enzyme-linked immune assay for htlv and kit |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20021121 |